WO2023151434A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023151434A1
WO2023151434A1 PCT/CN2023/070813 CN2023070813W WO2023151434A1 WO 2023151434 A1 WO2023151434 A1 WO 2023151434A1 CN 2023070813 W CN2023070813 W CN 2023070813W WO 2023151434 A1 WO2023151434 A1 WO 2023151434A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
phase
information
difference
phase difference
frequency resource
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/070813
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
吴海兵
李雪茹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210302562.6A external-priority patent/CN116634556A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023151434A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023151434A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and more specifically, relate to a communication method and a communication device.
  • the direction angle is generally determined based on the phase difference obtained by measuring the reference signal with multiple antenna devices.
  • the determined direction angle may not be unique, that is, the problem of angle measurement ambiguity may occur.
  • the base station in order to solve the angle measurement ambiguity problem, can report multiple possible angle measurement results to the location management function (LMF), and the LMF integrates the angle measurements of multiple base stations As a result, the final orientation angle is determined.
  • LMF location management function
  • the number of base stations is small (for example, 2), it is also difficult for LMF to exclude wrong direction angles from the final direction angle, that is, it cannot solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • the existing protocol does not involve how to solve the problem of angle measurement ambiguity in the sidelink positioning scenario.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication device, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • a communication method is provided, and the method is applied to a terminal device, including:
  • Receive reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource are different; send first information, the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, and the first information is based on the bearer
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource and the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource are determined.
  • the terminal device receives reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and sends first information for indicating the direction angle, so that other devices can obtain the direction angle according to the first information. Since the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, it can be understood that the direction angle is also based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources The result is determined, so whether in NR or sidelink positioning scenarios, the obtained direction angle is unique, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • the terminal device includes a first antenna and a second antenna; the receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes:
  • the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource is received through the first antenna; the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource is received through the second antenna.
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the second phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna.
  • the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the two antennas; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase is received by the first antenna
  • the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource, the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
  • the terminal device obtains the phases of the reference signals carried by different antennas on different frequency resources by receiving the reference signals carried on different frequency resources on different antennas, so that the phase measurement of the reference signals on different frequency resources can be obtained
  • the terminal device it is convenient for the terminal device to determine the first information based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and then the terminal device or other devices can determine a unique direction angle according to the first information, so as to solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement .
  • the reference signal may carry identification information, where the identification information is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna for sending the reference signal, or a port for sending the reference signal.
  • the method before receiving the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the method further includes: receiving a request message, where the request message includes at least one of the following: the first frequency information, reference signal transmission mode information, and the type of content included in the location information, the first frequency information is used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal; the second information is sent according to the first frequency information, and the second information is used for At least one of the following is indicated: the frequency of the reference signal requested by the terminal device, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the method further includes: receiving a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: frequency of the configured reference signal, transmission mode of the reference signal, location information The type of content to include.
  • the terminal device and the first device can exchange the second information, that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information, so that the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, or the type of content included in the location information can be determined, and then can be Communication between the terminal device and the first device is implemented.
  • the second information that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information, so that the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, or the type of content included in the location information can be determined, and then can be Communication between the terminal device and the first device is implemented.
  • the receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes:
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port, and the second The phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource transmitted by the second port; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase is the received The received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port, and the fourth phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
  • the terminal device can receive reference signals on different frequency resources sent by different ports, and obtain the phase measurement results of the reference signals sent by different ports on different frequency resources, so that the terminal device can The phase measurement result of the reference signal determines the first information, and then the terminal device or other devices determine a unique direction angle according to the first information, so as to solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • the method before receiving the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the method further includes: receiving second information, where the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following : The frequency of the reference signal requested by the first device, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the method further includes: sending a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the location information The type of content to include.
  • the method further includes: sending a request message, where the request message is used to request the first device to send the second information.
  • the terminal device and the first device can exchange the second information, that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information, so that the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, or the type of content included in the location information can be determined, and then can be Communication between the terminal device and the first device is implemented.
  • the second information that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information, so that the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, or the type of content included in the location information can be determined, and then can be Communication between the terminal device and the first device is implemented.
  • the first information includes position information
  • the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the The third phase
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase .
  • the first information further includes positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna.
  • the first information sent by the terminal device includes position information
  • the position information is used to indicate phase information, phase difference information or phase difference difference information
  • the phase information, phase difference information or phase difference difference value The information is obtained according to the phases under different frequency resources. Therefore, no matter in the NR or sidelink positioning scenario, the direction angle determined by other devices according to the position information in the first information is unique, so that the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
  • the first information includes a direction angle, where the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure, and the direction angle is determined according to the position information, and the position information is used for Indicating at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information ; Difference information of phase difference.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the The third phase
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase .
  • the terminal device determines a direction angle according to the location information and its own positioning assistance information, where the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure.
  • the first information sent by the terminal device may be the direction angle, which may be the angle of arrival or the angle of departure, and the direction angle is obtained according to the position information, which is used to indicate phase information, phase difference Information or phase difference difference information, where the phase information, phase difference information or phase difference difference information is obtained according to phases under different frequency resources. Therefore, no matter in the NR or sidelink positioning scenario, the direction angle determined by the terminal device based on the position information is unique, so that the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the three phases; the fourth phase The information includes a fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes a first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes a second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes a third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes a first phase difference Four phase differences; the difference information of the phase difference includes the difference value of the first phase difference or the difference value of the second phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  • the receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes: receiving a first reference signal, the first reference signal carried on the On the first frequency resource: receiving a second reference signal, where the second reference signal is carried on the second frequency resource.
  • the receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes: receiving a first reference signal, the first reference signal is determined by the first The frequency resource and the second frequency resource are jointly carried.
  • the reference signals on different frequency resources received by the terminal device can be carried by different reference signals, or by the same reference signal.
  • the terminal device can The reference signals on different frequency resources are received, so that the first information can be determined according to phase measurement results of the reference signals on different frequency resources.
  • a communication method is provided, and the method is applied to a first device, including: sending reference signals carried on a first frequency resource and a second frequency resource, where the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource are different; receiving first information from a terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate a direction angle, where the first information is based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a second frequency resource The phase measurement results are OK.
  • the first device sends reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and receives first information from the terminal device, the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, and the first device can obtain the direction according to the first information horn. Since the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, it can be understood that the direction angle is also based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources The result is determined, so whether in NR or sidelink positioning scenarios, the obtained direction angle is unique, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource is received by the first antenna and the second antenna; the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource is received by the first antenna The first antenna and the second antenna receive; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, and the first phase corresponds to the first frequency resource received by the first antenna
  • the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the second antenna;
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is based on the third phase and the fourth The phase is determined, the third phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the fourth phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
  • the method before sending the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the method further includes: sending a request message, where the request message includes at least one of the following items: the first frequency information, reference signal transmission mode information, and the type of content included in the location information, the first frequency information is used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal; receiving second information, the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: The frequency of the reference signal requested by the terminal device, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the method further includes: sending a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the location information The type of content to include.
  • the first device and the terminal device can perform the interaction of the second information, that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information, so as to determine the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, or the type of content included in the location information, and then can Communication between the terminal device and the first device is implemented.
  • the second information that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information
  • the sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes: sending the first frequency resource through the first port and the second port respectively.
  • a reference signal on a frequency resource sending the reference signal on the second frequency resource through the third port and the fourth port respectively.
  • the transmitted phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource where the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal transmitted by the fourth port on the second frequency resource.
  • the first device includes a first antenna and a second antenna, the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal sent by the third port The reference signals on the second frequency resource are all sent through the first antenna, the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port Signals are sent through the second antenna.
  • the first antenna of the first device corresponds to the first port and the third port
  • the second antenna of the first device corresponds to the second port and the fourth port. That is to say, the reference signal sent by the first port and the reference signal sent by the third port are both sent through the first antenna, and the reference signal sent by the second port and the reference signal sent by the fourth port are both sent through the second antenna of.
  • the first device can send reference signals carried on different frequency resources through different antennas (or different ports), so that the terminal device can obtain the phase measurement results of the reference signals sent by different ports on different frequency resources, thereby
  • the terminal device can determine the first information according to the phase measurement results of the reference signals on different frequency resources, so that the terminal device or the first device can determine a unique direction angle according to the first information, and solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • the reference signal carries identification information, and the identification information is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna for sending the reference signal, or a port for sending the reference signal.
  • the method before sending the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the method further includes: sending second information according to the first frequency information, the first frequency information Used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal, the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the reference signal requested by the first device, information about the transmission mode of the reference signal, and a type of content included in the location information.
  • the method further includes: receiving a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the location The type of content that the information includes.
  • the method further includes: receiving a request message, where the request message is used to request the first device to send the second information.
  • the first device and the terminal device can perform the interaction of the second information, that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information, so as to determine the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, or the type of content included in the location information, and then can Communication between the terminal device and the first device is implemented.
  • the second information that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information
  • the first information includes position information
  • the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and the fourth phase information; the first phase difference information and the second phase difference information; the third phase difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference; the method also includes: determining the direction angle according to the position information .
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
  • the first information further includes positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna.
  • the first device determines a direction angle according to the location information and the positioning assistance information, where the direction angle may be an angle of arrival or an angle of departure.
  • the first information received by the first device includes position information, where the position information is used to indicate phase information, phase difference information, or phase difference difference information, and the phase information, phase difference information, or phase difference difference
  • the value information is obtained according to the phase under different frequency resources. Therefore, no matter in the NR or sidelink positioning scenario, the direction angle that the first device can determine according to the position information in the received first information is unique, so that the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
  • the first information includes a direction angle, where the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure, and the direction angle is determined according to the position information, and the position information is used for Indicating at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information ; Difference information of phase difference.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
  • the first information received by the first device from the terminal device may be a direction angle
  • the direction angle may be the angle of arrival or the angle of departure
  • the direction angle is obtained by the terminal device according to the location information, which is used for Indicates phase information, phase difference information or phase difference difference information.
  • the phase information, phase difference information or phase difference difference information is obtained according to the phase under different frequency resources. Therefore, whether it is in NR or sidelink positioning scenarios Among them, the direction angle determined by the terminal device according to the position information is unique, so the direction angle received by the first device is also unique, that is, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase
  • the difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  • the sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes: sending the first reference signal carried on the first frequency resource; Send the second reference signal carried on the second frequency resource.
  • the sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes: sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource the first reference signal.
  • the reference signals on different frequency resources sent by the first device may be carried by different reference signals, or carried by the same reference signal. No matter which method of sending the reference signal is adopted, it can make The terminal device receives the reference signals on different frequency resources, so that the terminal device can determine the first information according to phase measurement results of the reference signals on different frequency resources.
  • a communication method is provided, the method is applied to a core network device, including: receiving location information from a terminal device, where the location information is based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and carried in a The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined; and the departure angle is determined according to the position information.
  • the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; the first Phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  • the core network device may also receive the positioning assistance information sent by the first device.
  • the core network device determines a direction angle according to the location information and the positioning assistance information, where the direction angle is a departure angle.
  • the core network equipment can receive the location information from the terminal equipment, and the location information is determined according to the phase measurement results of the reference signals on different frequency resources. angle, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • a communication method is provided, the method is applied to a core network device, including: receiving location information from a terminal device, where the location information is based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and carried on a The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined, and the location information is used to determine the departure angle; and the location information is sent to the access network device.
  • the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; the first Phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase
  • the difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  • the core network device can forward the location information from the terminal device to the first device, so that the first device can obtain a unique direction angle based on the location information, thereby solving the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • a communication device including: a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is used for: receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the first frequency resource is different from the second frequency resource;
  • the sending unit is used for: sending the first information, the second frequency resource
  • a piece of information is used to indicate a direction angle, and the first information is determined based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource.
  • the terminal device includes a first antenna and a second antenna; the receiving unit is further configured to: receive the bearer on the first frequency resource and the A reference signal on the second frequency resource: receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource through the second antenna.
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the first phase is received by the first antenna.
  • the second phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the second antenna;
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a request message, where the request message includes at least one of the following: first frequency information, reference signal transmission mode information, location information The type of content included, the first frequency information is used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal; the sending unit is also used to: send second information according to the first frequency information, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following Item: the frequency of the reference signal requested by the terminal device, the transmission method of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal , the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and a reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port receiving the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, where the first phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port, The second phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, The third phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port, and the fourth phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: receive second information, where the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the reference signal requested by the first device, The transmission method of the reference signal and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal , the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send a request message, where the request message is used to request the first device to send the second information.
  • the first information includes location information
  • the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
  • the first information further includes positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the antennas.
  • the first information includes a direction angle, where the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure, and the direction angle is determined according to the position information, and the position information is used for Indicating at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information ; Difference information of phase difference.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
  • the communication device further includes a processing unit, configured to: determine a direction angle according to position information and positioning assistance information, where the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure, and the positioning assistance information is used for Indicates the relative position of the antenna of the end device.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a first reference signal, where the first reference signal is carried on the first frequency resource; receive a second reference signal, where the The second reference signal is carried on the second frequency resource.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a first reference signal, where the first reference signal is jointly carried by the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource.
  • the beneficial effects of the communication device described in the fifth aspect can refer to the beneficial effects of the method in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a communication device including: a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the sending unit is used for: sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the first frequency resource is different from the second frequency resource;
  • the receiving unit is used for: receiving the first frequency resource from the terminal device information, the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, and the first information is based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource Sure.
  • the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource is received by the first antenna and the second antenna; the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource is received by the The first antenna and the second antenna receive.
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, the The second phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the second antenna; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the first The three phases correspond to the phases of the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the fourth phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: respectively send the reference signal on the first frequency resource through the first port and the second port; The port and the fourth port send the reference signal on the second frequency resource.
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port, and the second The phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase is the The phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port, where the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send a request message, where the request message includes at least one of the following: first frequency information, reference signal transmission mode information, location information The type of content included, the first frequency information is used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal; the receiving unit is also used to: receive second information, the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: The frequency of the reference signal, the transmission method of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal , the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the reference signal carries identification information, and the identification information is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna for sending the reference signal, or a port for sending the reference signal.
  • the first device includes a first antenna and a second antenna, the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal sent by the third port The reference signals on the second frequency resource are all sent through the first antenna, the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port Signals are sent through the second antenna.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send second information according to first frequency information, where the first frequency information is used to indicate a frequency of an optional reference signal,
  • the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following items: the frequency of the reference signal requested by the first device, information about the transmission manner of the reference signal, and a type of content included in the location information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal , the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a request message, where the request message is used to request the first device to send the second information.
  • the first information includes position information
  • the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and the fourth phase information; the first phase difference information and the second phase difference information; the third phase difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference
  • the communication device also includes a processing unit, which is used for : Determine the direction angle according to the location information.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
  • the first information includes a direction angle
  • the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure
  • the direction angle is determined according to the position information
  • the position information is used for Indicating at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information ; Difference information of phase difference.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send the first reference signal carried on the first frequency resource; send the second reference signal carried on the second frequency resource .
  • the sending unit is further configured to: send the first reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource.
  • the beneficial effects of the communication device described in the sixth aspect can refer to the beneficial effects of the method in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a communication device including: a receiving unit and a processing unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to: receive position information from a terminal device, where the position information is determined based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a second frequency resource; the The processing unit is used for: determining the departure angle according to the position information.
  • the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; the first Phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase
  • the difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  • a communication device including: a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to: receive position information from a terminal device, the position information is determined based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a second frequency resource, the The location information is used to determine the departure angle; the sending unit is used to: send the location information to the access network device.
  • the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; the first Phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
  • the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  • a communication device including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the communication device realizes the above-mentioned A method of any possible implementation manner in the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
  • a chip in a tenth aspect, includes a processor, the memory for storing computer programs is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used for executing the computer programs stored in the memory to perform the first to fourth aspects above methods in any possible implementation of .
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any one of the possibilities in the first aspect to the fourth aspect above. method in the implementation.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program or instruction is executed, any of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects can be realized.
  • a communication system in a thirteenth aspect, includes a terminal device and a first device, where the terminal device is configured to perform the method in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect above; or, the The first device is configured to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect above.
  • a communication system in a fourteenth aspect, includes a terminal device, a first device, and a core network device, wherein the terminal device is configured to perform the method in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect above or, the first device is configured to execute the method of any possible implementation of the second aspect above; or, the core network device is configured to execute the method of any possible implementation of the third aspect above Or the core network device is configured to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing fourth aspect.
  • a fifteenth aspect provides a communication system, the communication system includes a terminal device and a first device, wherein the terminal device includes the communication device in any possible implementation manner in the fifth aspect above; or, the The first device includes the communication apparatus in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing sixth aspect.
  • a communication system in a sixteenth aspect, includes a terminal device, a first device, and a core network device, where the terminal device includes the communication device in any possible implementation manner in the fifth aspect above;
  • the first device includes the communication device in any possible implementation of the sixth aspect above; or
  • the core network device includes the communication device in any possible implementation of the seventh aspect above or the communication device in any possible implementation of the seventh aspect.
  • the core network equipment includes the communication apparatus in any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect above.
  • any communication device, chip, computer program product, computer-readable storage medium, or communication system provided above can be used to implement the corresponding method provided above. Therefore, the benefits it can achieve For the effect, please refer to the beneficial effect in the corresponding method, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario involved in this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario involved in this application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of transmission of reference signals by a multi-antenna device.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • "for indicating” may include both for direct indicating and for indirect indicating.
  • the indication information When describing a certain indication information for indicating A, it may include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the indication information.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: global system of mobile communication (global system of mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) Communication System, Fifth Generation (5G) Mobile communication system or new radio access technology (new radio, NR), the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • general packet radio service general packet radio service
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • long term evolution long term
  • a terminal device can be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle device, etc.; it can be a device in the communication of the Internet of Vehicles, such as a communication terminal on a vehicle, a roadside device, etc.
  • the road side unit (RSU) can be a communication terminal carried on a UAV; it can also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • Terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device includes but is not limited to: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device , augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals in grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol ( session initiation protocol (SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem Devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in a 5G network or terminal devices in a future evolving public land mobile network (PLMN), etc., the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the terminal devices.
  • mobile internet device mobile internet device, MID
  • wearable device virtual
  • the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to access network equipment.
  • the access network device may be a device capable of connecting a terminal device to a wireless network.
  • the access network device may also be called a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node, radio access network device, or network device.
  • RAN radio access network
  • the access network device may be a base station.
  • the base station in the embodiment of the present application can broadly cover various names in the following, or replace with the following names, such as: node B (NodeB), evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB), next generation base station (next generation NodeB) , gNB), relay station, access point, transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), master station (master eNodeB, MeNB), secondary station (secondary eNodeB, SeNB), multi-standard Wireless (multi standard radio, MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (access point, AP), transmission node, transceiver node, base band unit (BBU), Remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), radio head (remote radio head, RRH), central unit (central unit, CU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), positioning nodes, etc.
  • NodeB node B
  • eNB evolved base
  • a base station may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof.
  • a base station may also refer to a communication module, modem or chip used to be set in the aforementioned equipment or device.
  • the base station can also be a network-side device in a 6G network, a device that assumes the function of a base station in a future communication system, and the like.
  • Base stations can support networks of the same or different access technologies.
  • Base stations can be fixed or mobile.
  • a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move according to the location of the mobile base station.
  • a helicopter or drone may be configured to serve as a device in communication with another base station.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the access network equipment.
  • FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are described by taking FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 as examples.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario 100 involved in the present application.
  • an application scenario 100 may include two terminal devices, for example, terminal device 110 and terminal device 120 in FIG. 1 .
  • the application scenario 100 mainly involves a sidelink positioning scenario.
  • the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 can determine the direction angle through direct communication, so as to complete relative positioning or absolute positioning.
  • the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 can determine the direction angle through direct communication, thereby realizing relative positioning;
  • the absolute position of the terminal device 110 is known or the terminal device 120 120, the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 can determine the direction angle through direct communication, thereby realizing absolute positioning.
  • the direction angle may include angle of arrival (AoA) and angle of departure (AOD), where AOA can be understood as the relative direction of the signal transmitted by a single antenna incident on the antenna array Angle; AOD can be understood as the relative direction angle of the signal emitted by the antenna array incident on another antenna.
  • AOA angle of arrival
  • AOD angle of departure
  • terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 may have multiple antennas, and the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 may receive or send reference signals on the multiple antennas.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario 200 involved in the present application.
  • the application scenario 200 may include a terminal device 210, an access network device 220, an access network device 230, and a core network device 240, and the terminal device 210 can communicate with the access network device 220 or the access network device 230. Signaling interaction.
  • the application scenario 200 mainly involves the NR positioning scenario, and in this scenario, the locations of the access network device 220 and the access network device 230 are generally known. Therefore, the access network device 220 and the access network device 230 can be used as anchor devices to determine the location of the terminal device 210, and the core network device 240 can be used as a third-party device to participate in solving the orientation angle and sending and receiving location information.
  • the access network device 220 and the access network device 230 may have multiple antennas, and may transmit reference signals on the multiple antennas.
  • access network devices in FIG. 2 is only for illustration, and this application may also include more access network devices, which is not limited in this application.
  • each device in Figure 1 and Figure 2 may be physical antennas at multiple different positions on the device, or virtual antennas formed by the movement of a certain antenna on the device, or a combination of the two , which is not limited in this application.
  • the application scenarios shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are only exemplary illustrations, and should not impose any limitation on the present application.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of transmission of reference signals by a multi-antenna device.
  • FIG. 3 may include device 310 and device 320 .
  • the device 310 has multiple antennas, and the device 310 may be the terminal device 110 or the terminal device 120 in FIG. 1 , and the device 310 may also be the access network device 220 or the access network device 230 in FIG. 2 .
  • the device 320 may have multiple antennas or only one antenna.
  • the device 320 may be the terminal device 120 or the terminal device 110 in FIG. 1 , and the device 320 may also be the terminal device 210 in FIG. 2 . It should be noted that when the device 320 has multiple antennas, the device 320 should receive or send the reference signal on the same antenna.
  • a device 310 and a device 320 perform a relative angle measurement task, wherein the device 310 has, for example, two antennas, marked as antenna 1 and antenna 2 , and the distance between the antennas is d.
  • the two antennas of the device 310 can receive the reference signal sent by the device 320 respectively. Assuming that the reference signal is sent under the frequency resource f, the phase measurement corresponding to the antenna 1 is The phase measurement corresponding to antenna 2 is The theoretical calculation formula of the phase measurement value is as follows:
  • f is the signal frequency
  • r1 is the distance from device 320 to antenna 1 of device 310
  • r2 is the distance from device 320 to antenna 2 of device 310
  • c is the reference signal propagation speed
  • ⁇ t is the distance between device 310 and device 320
  • ⁇ 1 is the initial phase of the reference signal of device 310
  • ⁇ 2 is the initial phase of the reference signal of device 320
  • mod 2 ⁇ means taking the remainder of 2 ⁇ .
  • Equation 3 can be written as:
  • the value range is [0,2 ⁇ ],
  • the range of values is The k in formula 6 can only take one value, that is to say, d cos ⁇ can take a unique value, so that the obtained direction angle ⁇ can take a unique value, and there is no problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • the value of k in Formula 6 may not be unique.
  • the value of d cos ⁇ may not be unique, so that the obtained direction angle ⁇ can take multiple values, that is, there is a problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • k has two values, k is 0 or 1, and both values can obtain a calculation result of a direction angle, that is to say, there are two possible angles
  • the values agree with the measurement results, i.e. the problem of goniometric ambiguity occurs.
  • the device 310 receives the reference signal under the same frequency resource through two antennas, and the distance d between the antennas is less than half a wavelength
  • the unique value of the direction angle can be determined; and when the antenna spacing d is greater than or equal to half the wavelength
  • the determined direction angle is not unique, and the problem of angle measurement ambiguity may occur.
  • the base station reports multiple possible angle measurement results to the LMF, and the LMF synthesizes the angle measurement results of multiple base stations and uses some post-processing algorithms Eliminate erroneous angle measurements and determine the final bearing angle.
  • the number of base stations is small (for example, 2), this method cannot eliminate wrong direction angles, that is, it cannot solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • the existing protocol does not involve how to solve the problem of angle measurement ambiguity in the sidelink positioning scenario.
  • this application proposes a communication method.
  • a unique direction angle can be determined according to the phase information, so as to solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement, especially when the distance between antennas Angle measurement ambiguity at half wavelength or greater.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 400 involves interaction between a terminal device and a first device.
  • the first device may be a terminal device.
  • the terminal device may be the terminal device 110 shown in FIG. 1
  • the first device may be the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the terminal device may be the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1
  • the first device may be the terminal device 110 shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the first device may be an access network device.
  • the terminal device may be the terminal device 210 in FIG. 2
  • the first device may be the access network device 220 or the access network device 220 shown in FIG. device 230 .
  • the method 400 shown in FIG. 4 may include S401 and S402, and each step in the method 400 will be described in detail below.
  • the first device sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the terminal device receives multiple reference signals on different frequency resources.
  • the first device may be a single-antenna terminal device or a multi-antenna terminal device.
  • the first device transmits the Reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the terminal device receives reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources on multiple antennas.
  • the terminal device includes a first antenna and a second antenna, and the terminal device can receive the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource through the first antenna, and receive the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource through the second antenna.
  • the first phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna
  • the second phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the second antenna.
  • the third phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the first antenna
  • the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
  • the first device may be a terminal device with multiple antennas, or an access network device with multiple antennas, and each of the multiple antennas may correspond to a corresponding port.
  • the first device may send reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas, and correspondingly, the terminal device may receive reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources sent through different antennas. It can also be understood that the first device may send reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through multiple ports, and correspondingly, the terminal device may receive reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through different ports. reference signal.
  • the terminal device may be a single-antenna device and receive the reference signal on only one antenna; the terminal device may also be a terminal device with multiple antennas and receive the reference signal on multiple antennas.
  • the first device sends the reference signal on the first frequency resource through the first port and the second port respectively; and sends the reference signal on the second frequency resource through the third port and the fourth port respectively.
  • the terminal device receives the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; receives the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port and The reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port can determine the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
  • the first phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port
  • the second phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port
  • the third The phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port
  • the fourth phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
  • the reference signal may carry identification information, where the identification information is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna for sending the reference signal, or a port for sending the reference signal.
  • the first device sends the reference signal on multiple different frequency resources, and the reference signal may be respectively carried on the multiple different frequency resources, or may be jointly carried by the multiple different frequency resources. That is to say, the terminal device can receive multiple different reference signals, and the multiple different reference signals are carried on multiple different frequency resources; the terminal device can also receive one reference signal, and the one reference signal can be composed of multiple different frequency resources. Frequency resources are jointly carried.
  • the first device may send reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, and the terminal device may receive the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource. That is to say, the terminal device can respectively receive the first reference signal and the second reference signal, the first reference signal is carried on the first frequency resource, and the second reference signal is carried on the second frequency resource; the terminal device can also receive A first reference signal, where the first reference signal is jointly carried by the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource.
  • frequency resources may refer to frequency resources at the resource element (resource element, RE) level, or to frequency resources at the part bandwidth (bandwidth part, BWP) level, or to The frequency resources at the component carrier (component carrier, CC) level are not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device sends first information.
  • the first device receives first information from the terminal device.
  • the first information may be used to indicate a direction angle. It should be understood that the first information may directly indicate the direction angle, that is, the first information is the direction angle, or the first information may indirectly indicate the direction angle, that is, the first information carries information for determining the direction angle (for example, position information).
  • the first information may be determined based on a reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and a reference signal carried on the second frequency resource. Furthermore, the first information may be determined based on a phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and a phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource.
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the second The phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the second antenna; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase is the phase received by the first antenna The phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource is received, and the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
  • the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, and the first phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port , the second phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource transmitted by the second port; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third The phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port, and the fourth phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
  • the first information may include position information and positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna of the terminal device.
  • the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna of the terminal device.
  • the first information may be a direction angle
  • the direction angle may be an arrival angle
  • the first information may include location information
  • the first device may determine a direction angle according to the received location information and its own positioning assistance information, and the direction angle is a departure angle
  • the positioning assistance information is used to indicate that the first device The relative position of the device's first and second antennas.
  • the terminal device may send location information to the first device, that is, the first information includes location information, and the first device may determine a direction angle according to the location information and its own positioning assistance information, and the direction angle is the departure angle.
  • the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the first device.
  • the terminal device may directly send location information to the first device. That is, communication is directly performed between the terminal device and the first device.
  • the terminal device may send location information to the access network device through the core network device. That is, the terminal device first sends the location information to the core network device, and then the core network device forwards the location information to the first device.
  • the first information may be a direction angle
  • the direction angle may be a departure angle
  • the terminal device may receive positioning assistance information sent by the first device before sending the first information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the first device.
  • the terminal device may determine a direction angle according to the location information and the positioning assistance information, and the direction angle is the departure angle, and send the departure angle to the first device, that is, the first information includes the departure angle.
  • the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; difference information of phase difference.
  • first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase
  • fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the phase difference difference information is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; The second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes the fourth phase difference; the difference value information of the phase difference includes the difference value of the first phase difference or the second phase difference The difference in phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the third phase difference and The difference of the fourth phase difference.
  • the first device sends reference signals on two frequency resources, and the corresponding frequency resources are f 1 and f 2 respectively, then the phase differences between the two antennas of the terminal device on these two frequency resources are respectively for:
  • the value range is [0,2 ⁇ ]
  • the range of values is The k in formula 11 can only take one value, that is, d cos ⁇ can take a unique value, so that the obtained direction angle ⁇ can take a unique value, and there is no problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • f1 is 3GHz and f2 is 3.1GHz, then That is to say, if only the phase at frequency f 1 or f 2 is used for angle measurement, then in order to obtain a unique direction angle, the distance between the antennas must be less than 5cm. If the phases at frequencies f 1 and f 2 are used for angle measurement at the same time, as long as the antenna distance is less than 150cm, a unique direction angle can be obtained, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • the terminal device receives reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and sends first information indicating the direction angle, so that other devices can obtain the direction angle according to the first information. Since the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, it can be understood that the direction angle is also based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources The result is determined, so whether in NR or sidelink positioning scenarios, the obtained direction angle is unique, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 500 shown in FIG. 5 may include S501 to S507, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 520 (an example of the first device described in FIG. 4 ) transmits the information carried by multiple different frequency resources through the same antenna.
  • the terminal device 510 an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4
  • receives the reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas it can measure the reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the phase information is obtained from the reference signal, and the phase information is sent to the terminal device 520, and the terminal device 520 completes the calculation of the angle of arrival according to the phase information.
  • Each step in the method 500 is described in detail below.
  • the terminal device 520 sends a request message, and correspondingly, the terminal device 510 receives the request message.
  • the request message is used to request the interaction of the second information with the terminal device 510, that is, to request the interaction of configuration information and capability information with the terminal device 510
  • the configuration information may include the information of the first frequency resource and the information of the reference signal.
  • Sending mode information, the capability information may include the type of content included in the location information.
  • the request message includes at least one of the following: first frequency information, reference signal transmission manner information, and type of content included in the location information.
  • the first frequency information is used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal, that is, the first frequency information can indicate which/which frequency resources the terminal device 520 uses to send the reference signal, and further, the terminal device 510 can transmit the reference signal according to the The frequency resource determines if there is an angular ambiguity problem.
  • the information about the transmission manner of the reference signal may include a frequency hopping transmission manner or a carrier aggregation transmission manner.
  • the frequency hopping transmission method can be understood as time-division transmission of reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the terminal device 520 first transmits the first reference signal carried on the first frequency resource, and then sends the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource. on the second reference signal.
  • the carrier aggregation sending manner can be understood as sending reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources, for example, the terminal device 520 sends a first reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a second frequency resource.
  • the type of content included in the location information may include phase information, phase difference information, or phase difference difference information.
  • the terminal device 510 sends configuration information and capability information to the terminal device 520.
  • the terminal device 520 receives the configuration information and capability information sent by the terminal device 510 .
  • the terminal device 510 may determine whether the antenna spacing of the terminal device 510 is greater than or equal to half a wavelength according to the first frequency information, so as to determine whether there is an angle measurement ambiguity problem.
  • the terminal device 510 may determine whether its own antenna spacing is greater than or equal to half a wavelength according to the single frequency resource. If the terminal device 510 determines that the distance between its own antennas is less than half a wavelength under the frequency resource, that is, the reference signal sent by the terminal device 510 under the frequency resource will not have the problem of angle measurement ambiguity, then the terminal device 510 can instruct the terminal device 520 A reference signal is transmitted under the single frequency resource.
  • the terminal device 510 determines that the distance between its own antennas is greater than or equal to half a wavelength under the single frequency resource, that is, the reference signal sent by the terminal device 510 under the frequency resource has a problem of angle measurement ambiguity, then the terminal device 510 can send a message to the terminal device 520 Send the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource, which is used to indicate that the terminal device 520 can send the reference signal on multiple frequency resources.
  • the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource may indicate the frequency range of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 520, and the range may be the upper limit of the frequency, or the lower limit of the frequency, or the upper limit and the lower limit of the frequency.
  • the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource may also indicate the range of the frequency difference between the frequency resources used by the terminal device 520 to send the reference signal, the range may be the upper limit of the frequency difference, or the lower limit of the frequency difference, There may also be upper and lower limits for the frequency difference.
  • the terminal device 510 may determine whether, under the multiple frequency resources, the distance between its own antennas is greater than or equal to half a wavelength. If the terminal device 510 determines that the distance between the antennas of the terminal device 510 is less than half a wavelength in a certain frequency resource among the multiple frequency resources, then the terminal device 510 determines that there will be no angle measurement ambiguity in sending the reference signal under the certain frequency resource The problem. Therefore, the terminal device 510 may instruct the terminal device 520 to send the reference signal on a certain frequency resource among the multiple frequency resources.
  • the terminal device 510 may send the recommendation/requirement information of reference signal frequency resources to the terminal device 520, for instructing the terminal device 520 to send reference signals on multiple frequency resources.
  • the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource may indicate the frequency range of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 520, and the range may be the upper limit of the frequency, or the lower limit of the frequency, or the upper limit and the lower limit of the frequency.
  • the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resources may also indicate the range of the frequency difference between the frequency resources used by the terminal device 520 to send the reference signal, the range may be the upper limit of the frequency difference, or the lower limit of the frequency difference, There may also be upper and lower limits for the frequency difference.
  • the terminal device 510 may send configuration information and capability information, that is, second information, to the terminal device 520.
  • the configuration information and capability information include at least one of the following: recommendation/requirement information of reference signal frequency resources, transmission of reference signals The type of content included in the mode information and the location information, wherein the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource is the frequency of the reference signal requested by the terminal device 510 .
  • the configuration information and capability information may carry the above recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource.
  • the configuration information and capability information may indicate that the terminal device 520 chooses to send reference signals on one or some frequency resources.
  • the information may indicate the frequency range for the terminal device 520 to send the reference signal, and the range may be the upper limit of the frequency, or the lower limit of the frequency, or the upper limit and the lower limit of the frequency; the message may also indicate that the terminal device 520
  • the range of the frequency difference between the frequency resources for sending the reference signal the range may be the upper limit of the frequency difference, the lower limit of the frequency difference, or the upper limit and the lower limit of the frequency difference.
  • the configuration information and capability information may also carry information about a transmission mode of the recommended reference signal, and the transmission mode may be a frequency hopping transmission mode or a carrier aggregation transmission mode, which is not limited in this application.
  • the configuration information and capability information may also indicate the type of content included in the location information reported by the terminal device 510, for example, whether the content included in the reported location information is phase information, phase difference information, or phase difference difference information, or a combination of the above three types of information, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method 500 may further include S503: the terminal device 520 sends a response message to the terminal device 510 .
  • the response message is used to respond to whether to agree to send the reference signal according to the configuration information and capability information provided by the terminal device 510 . That is to say, the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following items: the frequency of configuring the reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
  • the terminal device 520 may not execute S503, that is, not send a response message. If the terminal device 510 does not receive the response message sent by the terminal device 520, it may determine that the terminal device 520 agrees to send the reference signal according to the configuration information and capability information provided by the terminal device 510; the terminal device 520 may also send a response message to the terminal device 510 message, the response message is used to instruct the terminal device 510, and the terminal device 520 agrees to send the reference signal according to the configuration information and capability information provided by the terminal device 510. Exemplarily, the response message may be directly represented by a flag bit.
  • the terminal device 520 may send a response message to the terminal device 510, and the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: configured frequency resource information, transmission of reference signals The type of content included in the method and location information.
  • the terminal device 510 and the terminal device 520 can complete the interaction of configuration information and capability information, that is, complete the interaction of the second information, so that the frequency resource information of the reference signal, the transmission mode and location of the reference signal can be determined
  • the information includes information such as the type of content.
  • the terminal device 520 sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the terminal device 510 may receive reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the terminal device 520 may be a single-antenna device or a multi-antenna device. When the terminal device 520 has multiple antennas, the terminal device 520 should at least send the reference signal on the same antenna.
  • the terminal device 510 may receive reference signals carried on different frequency resources on multiple antennas.
  • the terminal device 520 can transmit reference signals on multiple different frequency resources according to the frequency resource information determined in S501 to S503, and the transmission mode of the reference signal can be a frequency hopping transmission mode or a carrier aggregation transmission mode. This application There is no limit to this.
  • the terminal device 510 measures the phase of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 520 on multiple antennas, and determines position information.
  • the terminal device 510 may receive and measure reference signals sent by the terminal device 520 on multiple antennas and carried on multiple different frequency resources to obtain phase information, thereby determining location information.
  • the reference signal may carry identification information, and the identification information is used to identify the reference signal.
  • the manner in which the terminal device 510 measures the phase may be simultaneous measurement by multiple antennas, or measurement by switching antennas, which is not limited in this application.
  • the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase The difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference.
  • first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the phase difference difference information is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; The second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes the fourth phase difference; the difference value information of the phase difference includes the difference value of the first phase difference or the second phase difference The difference in phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the third phase difference and The difference of the fourth phase difference.
  • the location information may include phase information, where the phase information includes a phase, an antenna identifier and a frequency resource identifier associated with the phase.
  • This phase can be expressed as That is, the terminal device 510 receives the reference signal on the mth antenna, and measures the obtained phase under the reference signal of the nth frequency resource. That is to say, the phase needs to be associated with an antenna identifier and a frequency resource identifier at the same time, that is, on which antenna the terminal device 510 receives the reference signal, and on which frequency resource the reference signal is measured to obtain the phase.
  • the location information may include phase difference information.
  • the phase difference information includes a phase difference, two antenna identifiers associated with the phase difference, and a frequency resource identifier.
  • This phase difference can be expressed as That is, the terminal device 510 receives the reference signal on the mth antenna and the hth antenna, and measures the phase difference obtained from the reference signal on the nth frequency resource.
  • the It can be expressed as: or That is, the phase difference can be obtained by directly making the difference between two phases, or it can be a value obtained by mod 2 ⁇ operation on the obtained phase difference.
  • the phase difference needs to be associated with two antenna identifiers and a frequency resource identifier at the same time, that is, on which two antennas the terminal device 510 receives the reference signal, and under which frequency resource the reference signal is measured to obtain the phase difference value.
  • the phase difference information also includes a phase difference, two frequency resource identifiers and an antenna identifier associated with the phase difference.
  • This phase difference can be expressed as That is, the terminal device 510 receives the reference signal on the m-th antenna, and measures the phase difference obtained under the reference signal of the n-th frequency resource and the w-th frequency resource.
  • the It can be expressed as: or That is, the phase difference can be obtained by directly making the difference between two phases, or it can be a value obtained by mod 2 ⁇ operation on the obtained phase difference. That is to say, the phase difference needs to be associated with one antenna ID and two frequency resource IDs at the same time.
  • the position information may include difference information of the phase difference.
  • the difference information of the phase difference includes the difference of the phase difference, the two antenna identifiers and the two frequency resource identifiers associated with the difference of the phase difference, and the difference of the phase difference can be expressed as
  • the It can be expressed as: or That is, this is the difference between the phase difference between the mth antenna and the hth antenna of the terminal device 510 under the nth frequency resource and the phase difference under the wth frequency resource or the difference between the obtained phase differences
  • the It can be expressed as: or That is, this is the phase difference between the mth antenna of the terminal device 510 under the nth frequency resource and the wth frequency resource respectively, and the phase difference between the hth antenna under the nth frequency resource and the wth frequency resource respectively The difference value or the value obtained by mod 2 ⁇ operation on the obtained phase difference difference.
  • h m+1
  • phase difference information and the phase difference information must also indicate the order of phase difference or the order of phase difference, that is, the phase can be indicated by displaying an indication
  • the sequence of making phase difference or the sequence of making phase difference may also indicate the sequence of making phase difference or the sequence of making phase difference by implicit indication.
  • the terminal device 510 when the terminal device 510 sends the location information, it can also send indication information, which can directly indicate which two phases the phase difference information is obtained by making a difference, and which two phase difference information is the phase difference. The phase difference is obtained by doing the difference.
  • the terminal device 510 and the terminal device 520 may pre-specify rules, specifying that the order of making difference is the previous antenna ID/frequency resource ID minus the following antenna ID/frequency resource ID, or specifying that the order of difference
  • the sequence is the following antenna ID/frequency resource ID minus the previous antenna ID/frequency resource ID.
  • the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference, the first frequency resource identifier (f 1 ), the first antenna identifier (r 1 ), and the second antenna identifier (r 2 ).
  • the order of making the difference is the preceding antenna identification minus the following antenna identification
  • it can be determined as the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource on the first antenna minus
  • the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource on the second antenna can be represented by (r 1 -r 2 , f 1 ).
  • each value in the phase difference information or phase difference information has an antenna identifier and a frequency resource identifier, instead of using a common identifier, that is, each phase difference information or phase difference
  • the difference value information of carries an identification list, which is used to indicate which antenna and which frequency resource the value is obtained from.
  • the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference, the first frequency resource identifier (f 1 ), the first antenna identifier (r 1 ), and the second antenna identifier (r 2 ).
  • the first list is a list of antenna identification (first antenna r 1 , second antenna r 2 )
  • the second list is a list of frequency resource identification (the first frequency resource f 1 , the first frequency resource f 1 ), that is, it can be represented by (r 1 , f 1 )-(r 2 , f 1 ).
  • the position information may be at least one item of phase information, phase difference information, and phase difference difference information. That is to say, the location information may include the phase, the phase difference, and the difference information of the phase difference, or may only include one or more kinds of information.
  • the terminal device 510 has two antennas, and the terminal device 520 transmits reference signals on two different frequency resources through the same antenna, the two antennas of the terminal device 510 can measure the reference signals on the two different frequency resources respectively. Reference signal, get the phase value shown in Table 1.
  • the first phase is the phase obtained by the terminal device 510 by measuring the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, that is, the first phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal received by the first antenna on the first frequency resource
  • the second phase is the phase obtained by the terminal device 510 measuring the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource received by the second antenna, that is, the second phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal received by the second antenna on the first frequency resource
  • the third phase is the phase obtained by the terminal device 510 by measuring the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource received by the first antenna, that is, the third phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal received by the first antenna on the second frequency resource
  • the four phases are phases obtained by the terminal device 510 by measuring the reference signal received by the second antenna and carried on the second frequency resource, that is, the fourth phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal received by the second antenna on the second frequency resource.
  • the location information sent by the terminal device 510 is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase information Difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; difference information of the first phase difference; difference information of the second phase difference.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase and the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the first phase information also includes the identifier of the first antenna or the identifier of the reference signal received on the first frequency resource through the first antenna;
  • the second phase The information includes the second phase and the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the second phase information also includes the identifier of the second antenna or the identifier of the reference signal received on the first frequency resource through the second antenna;
  • the third phase information includes the third phase and the identifier of the second frequency resource, the third phase information also includes the identifier of the first antenna or the identifier of the reference signal received on the second frequency resource through the first antenna;
  • the fourth phase information includes the fourth phase and the identifier of the second frequency resource
  • the fourth phase information further includes an identifier of the second antenna or an identifier of a reference signal received by the second antenna on the second frequency resource.
  • the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the second antenna, or, the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, An identifier of the reference signal received on the first frequency resource through the first antenna and an identifier of the reference signal received on the first frequency resource through the second antenna.
  • the first phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the second phase.
  • the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference, the identifier of the second frequency resource, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the second antenna, or the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference, the identifier of the second frequency resource, An identifier of the reference signal received on the second frequency resource through the first antenna and an identifier of the reference signal received on the second frequency resource through the second antenna.
  • the second phase difference is a phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase.
  • the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference, an identifier of the first frequency resource, and an identifier of the second frequency resource, and the third phase difference information further includes an identifier of the first antenna or an identifier of a reference signal received through the first antenna.
  • the third phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the third phase.
  • the fourth phase difference information includes the fourth phase difference, an identifier of the first frequency resource, and an identifier of the second frequency resource, and the fourth phase difference information further includes an identifier of the second antenna or an identifier of a reference signal received through the second antenna.
  • the fourth phase difference is a phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase.
  • the difference information of the first phase difference includes the difference of the first phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, the identifier of the second frequency resource, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the second antenna, or the identifier of the first phase difference
  • the difference information includes the difference of the first phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, the identifier of the second frequency resource, the identifier of the reference signal received through the first antenna, and the identifier of the reference signal received through the second antenna.
  • the difference of the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference.
  • the difference information of the second phase difference includes the difference of the second phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, the identifier of the second frequency resource, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the second antenna, or the identifier of the second phase difference
  • the difference information includes the difference of the second phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, the identifier of the second frequency resource, the identifier of the reference signal received through the first antenna, and the identifier of the reference signal received through the second antenna.
  • the difference of the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  • the above-mentioned antenna identifier may also be represented by a port identifier. That is to say, the identification information carried in the reference signal can be used to identify the reference signal, can also be used to identify the antenna receiving the reference signal, and can also be used to identify the port receiving the reference signal.
  • the terminal equipment includes a first antenna and a second antenna, and the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the first port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the third port are reference signals received through the first antenna.
  • the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the second port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the fourth port are reference signals received through the second antenna.
  • the identifier of the first antenna may be replaced by the first port identifier and the third port identifier
  • the identifier of the second antenna may be replaced by the second port identifier and the fourth port identifier.
  • the terminal device 520 can also send reference signals on more resource frequencies, and the terminal device 510 can also use more antennas to receive reference signals on more frequency resources sent by the terminal device 520, and measure the reference signals phase, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device 510 sends the location information and positioning assistance information to the terminal device 520.
  • the terminal device 520 receives the location information and positioning assistance information sent by the terminal device 510 .
  • the terminal device 510 may send the location information measured through S505 to the terminal device 520 .
  • the location information measured through S505 may be measured through S505 to the terminal device 520 .
  • the terminal device 510 may also send positioning assistance information to the terminal device 520, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the terminal device 510.
  • the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna. If the terminal device 510 includes three antennas identified as a first antenna, a second antenna, and a third antenna, the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the first antenna, the second antenna, and the third antenna. It should be understood that, while reporting the positioning assistance information, it may also indicate the relative positions of which two antennas the positioning assistance information is.
  • the indication method also includes explicit indication or implicit indication, that is, indication information can also be reported while reporting positioning assistance information, and the indication information is used to indicate the relative positions of which two antennas the positioning assistance information is, or, according to the positioning assistance information
  • the order in which the auxiliary information is reported determines the relative positions of which two antennas.
  • the relative positions of the antennas may be the distance between the antennas, or the position coordinates of each antenna under a certain coordinate. For example, when multiple antennas form a linear array, the distance between the antennas can be given; when multiple antennas form a planar array, specific position coordinates need to be given.
  • the distance or position coordinates may be in the form of absolute values, and the units of the coordinates may be millimeters, centimeters, decimeters, meters, etc.
  • the distance and position can also be converted by the wavelength value at a certain frequency. For example, if the distance between the first antenna and the second antenna is 10cm, and the reference wavelength is 10cm, then 1 can be used to represent the distance.
  • the positioning assistance information in S505 may be sent to the terminal device 520 through one signaling together with the location information, or may be sent to the terminal device 520 through multiple signalings, and the sending order of the positioning assistance information is not limited.
  • the positioning assistance information may also be sent to the terminal device 520 in S502, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device 520 calculates the angle of arrival.
  • the terminal device 520 may calculate the angle of arrival according to the received position information and positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the terminal device 510 .
  • the terminal device 520 may, according to Equation 3, Equation 7, Equation 8, and Equation 10 determine the angle of arrival.
  • the terminal device 520 can determine the angle of arrival according to formula 7, formula 8 and formula 10.
  • the terminal device 520 may use the formula 10 Determine the angle of arrival.
  • the terminal device can measure the phases of reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through different antennas, determine the location information, and send the location information to the first device, so that the first device can A unique angle of arrival is determined according to the location information and the positioning assistance information, thereby solving the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 600 shown in FIG. 6 may include S601 to S606, which mainly involves that in a sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 620 (an example of the first device described in FIG. 4 ) transmits reference signals on different frequency resources through the same antenna, After the terminal device 610 (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4 ) receives the reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas, it can measure the reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources to obtain the phase information, and complete the calculation of the angle of arrival based on the phase information. Each step in the method 600 is described in detail below.
  • the terminal device 620 sends a request message to the terminal device 610.
  • the terminal device 610 receives the request message sent by the terminal device 620 .
  • the terminal device 610 sends configuration information and capability information to the terminal device 620.
  • the terminal device 620 receives the configuration information and capability information sent by the terminal device 610 .
  • the terminal device 620 sends a response message to the terminal device 610.
  • the terminal device 610 receives the response message sent by the terminal device 620 .
  • the terminal device 620 sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the terminal device 610 may receive reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the terminal device 610 measures the phases of the reference signals sent by the terminal device 620 on multiple antennas, and determines location information.
  • S601 to S605 may refer to S501 to S505, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device 610 calculates the angle of arrival.
  • the terminal device 610 may calculate the angle of arrival according to the position information and its own positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the terminal device 610 .
  • the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the terminal device 610 .
  • the terminal device 610 sends the calculated angle of arrival to the terminal device 620.
  • the terminal device 620 receives the angle of arrival sent by the terminal device 610 .
  • the terminal device can measure the phases of reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through different antennas to determine the location information, so that the terminal device can determine a unique angle of arrival according to the location information, and use the The angle of arrival is sent to the first device. Since the angle of arrival is unique, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 700 shown in FIG. 7 may include S701 to S707, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 720 (an example of the first device described in FIG. After receiving reference signals on multiple different frequency resources through the same antenna, the terminal device 710 (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4 ) can measure the frequency on the multiple different frequency resources. The phase information is obtained from the reference signal, and the phase information is sent to the terminal device 720, and the terminal device 720 completes the calculation of the departure angle according to the phase information.
  • S701 to S707 which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario
  • the terminal device 720 an example of the first device described in FIG.
  • the terminal device 710 an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4
  • the phase information is obtained from the reference signal, and the phase information is sent to the terminal device 720, and the terminal device 720 completes the calculation of the departure angle according to
  • the terminal device 710 sends a request message to the terminal device 720 .
  • the terminal device 720 receives the request message sent by the terminal device 710 .
  • S701 is an optional step.
  • the terminal device 710 initiates a direction angle measurement request, or initiates a positioning request, the terminal device 710 needs to send a request message to the terminal device 720 .
  • the request message includes at least one of the following: frequency resource information of the reference signal that the terminal device 710 can receive, information about the transmission mode of the reference signal, and type of content included in the location information.
  • the terminal device 720 sends configuration information and capability information to the terminal device 710.
  • the terminal device 710 receives the configuration information and capability information sent by the terminal device 720 .
  • the terminal device 720 may send configuration information and capability information, that is, second information, to the terminal device 710.
  • the configuration information and capability information include at least one of the following: recommendation/requirement information of reference signal frequency resources, transmission of reference signals The type of content included in the mode information and the location information, wherein the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource is the frequency of the reference signal requested by the terminal device 720 .
  • the terminal device 720 may adopt a frequency hopping transmission mode or a carrier aggregation transmission mode on frequency resources; the terminal device 720 may adopt a transmission mode of switching antennas or a multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode on antenna resources.
  • the transmission method of switching antennas can be understood as starting to use one antenna to send reference signals, then disconnecting this antenna, turning on and using another antenna to send reference signals;
  • the multi-antenna simultaneous transmission method can be understood as all antennas sending reference signals at the same time , each reference signal has a logical port identifier, and it is only necessary to associate the logical port identifier with the physical antenna to distinguish which antenna each reference signal is sent from.
  • the transmission mode of the reference signal may include any of the following: frequency hopping and antenna switching transmission mode, carrier aggregation and antenna switching transmission mode, frequency hopping and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode, carrier aggregation and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode sending method.
  • the terminal device 710 sends a response message to the terminal device 720.
  • the terminal device 720 receives the response message sent by the terminal device 710 .
  • the terminal device 720 and the terminal device 710 can complete the interaction of configuration information and capability information, that is, complete the interaction of the second information, so that the frequency resource information of the reference signal, the transmission method and location of the reference signal can be determined
  • the type information of the content included in the information is, complete the interaction of the second information.
  • the terminal device 720 sends reference signals on multiple antennas and multiple frequency resources.
  • the terminal device 710 receives reference signals on multiple frequency resources.
  • the terminal device 720 may send reference signals on multiple antennas and multiple frequency resources.
  • the transmission mode of the reference signal may include any of the following: frequency hopping and antenna switching transmission mode, carrier aggregation and antenna switching transmission mode, frequency hopping and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode, carrier aggregation and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode , which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device 710 can at least receive reference signals sent by the terminal device 720 on multiple frequency resources.
  • the terminal device 710 may have a single antenna or multiple antennas. When the terminal device 710 has multiple antennas, the terminal device 710 can receive and measure the reference signal on the same antenna.
  • the first device may send the reference signal on the first frequency resource through the first port and the second port respectively; and send the reference signal on the second frequency resource through the third port and the fourth port respectively.
  • the terminal device receives the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; receives the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port and A reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
  • the first device includes a first antenna and a second antenna, and the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port are both sent through the first antenna
  • the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port are all reference signals sent through the second antenna.
  • the terminal device 710 measures the phase of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 720, and determines position information.
  • the terminal device 710 may measure phases of reference signals sent by the terminal device 720 on multiple frequency resources to determine location information.
  • the terminal device 710 may have a single antenna or multiple antennas. When the terminal device 710 has multiple antennas, the terminal device 710 should at least measure the reference signal on the same antenna.
  • location information may include phase information and/or phase difference information and/or phase difference difference information, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the reference signal carries identification information, and the identification information is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna for sending the reference signal, or a port for sending the reference signal. It should be understood that each reference signal has a logical port identifier, and only by associating the logical port identifier with a physical antenna can it be distinguished from which antenna the reference signal is sent.
  • the phase information is simultaneously associated with at least one of the following: an antenna identifier and a frequency identifier, a port identifier and a frequency identifier, a reference signal identifier and a frequency identifier;
  • the phase difference information is simultaneously associated with at least one of the following : Two antenna IDs and one frequency ID, two port IDs and one frequency ID, two reference signal IDs and one frequency ID, one antenna ID and two frequency IDs, two port IDs and two identification of frequencies, identification of a reference signal, and identification of two frequencies;
  • the difference information of the phase difference is associated with at least one of the following at the same time: identifications of two antennas and identifications of two frequencies, identifications of four ports and identifications of two frequencies identification, identification of two reference signals and identification of two frequencies.
  • the reference signal sent through the first antenna may carry the first port identifier or the third port identifier
  • the reference signal sent through the second antenna The signal may carry the second port identifier or the third port identifier.
  • the terminal device 710 obtains the phase values shown in Table 2 by measuring reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the first phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port
  • the second phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port
  • the third phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal sent by the third port
  • the fourth phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
  • the location information sent by the terminal device 710 is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase The difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the first phase difference; the difference information of the second phase difference.
  • the first phase information may include at least one of the following: the first phase, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the first phase, the identifier of the first port, and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the first phase, An identifier of a reference signal sent by the first antenna on the first frequency resource and an identifier of the first frequency resource.
  • the second phase information may include at least one of the following: the second phase, the identifier of the second antenna, and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the second phase, the identifier of the second port, and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the second phase, the second An identifier of a reference signal sent by the antenna on the first frequency resource and an identifier of the first frequency resource.
  • the third phase information may include at least one of the following: the third phase, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the third phase, the identifier of the third port, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the third phase, the first An identifier of a reference signal sent by the antenna on the second frequency resource and an identifier of the second frequency resource.
  • the fourth phase information may include at least one of the following: the fourth phase, the identifier of the second antenna, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the fourth phase, the identifier of the fourth port, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the fourth phase, the identifier of the second An identifier of a reference signal sent by the antenna on the second frequency resource and an identifier of the second frequency resource.
  • the first phase difference information may include at least one of the following: the first phase difference, the identifier of the first antenna, the identifier of the second antenna, and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the first phase difference, the identifier of the first port, and the identifier of the second port and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the first phase difference, the identifier of the reference signal sent by the first port on the first frequency resource, the identifier of the reference signal sent by the second port on the first frequency resource, and the identifier of the first frequency resource logo.
  • the first phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the second phase.
  • the second phase difference information may include at least one of the following: the second phase difference, the identifier of the first antenna, the identifier of the second antenna, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the second phase difference, the identifier of the third port, and the identifier of the fourth port and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the second phase difference, the identifier of the reference signal sent by the third port on the second frequency resource, the identifier of the reference signal sent by the fourth port on the second frequency resource, and the identifier of the second frequency resource logo.
  • the second phase difference is a phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase.
  • the third phase difference information may include at least one of the following: the third phase difference, the identifier of the first antenna, the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the third phase difference, the identifier of the first port, the identifier of the third port An identifier, an identifier of the first frequency resource, and an identifier of the second frequency resource; a third phase difference, an identifier of a reference signal sent by the first port on the first frequency resource, and a reference signal sent by the third port on the second frequency resource An identifier of , an identifier of the first frequency resource, and an identifier of the second frequency resource.
  • the third phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the third phase.
  • the fourth phase difference information may include at least one of the following: the fourth phase difference, the identifier of the second antenna, the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the fourth phase difference, the identifier of the second port, the identifier of the fourth port Identification, identification of the first frequency resource and identification of the second frequency resource; fourth phase difference, identification of the reference signal sent by the second port on the first frequency resource, and reference signal sent by the fourth port on the second frequency resource An identifier of , an identifier of the first frequency resource, and an identifier of the second frequency resource.
  • the fourth phase difference is a phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase.
  • the difference information of the first phase difference may include at least one of the following: the difference of the first phase difference, the identifier of the first antenna, the identifier of the second antenna, the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; A phase difference difference, the first port ID, the second port ID, the third port ID, the fourth port ID, the ID of the first frequency resource, and the ID of the second frequency resource; the difference of the first phase difference, the ID of the second The identification of the reference signal sent by the first port and the second port on the first frequency resource, the identification of the reference signal sent by the third port and the fourth port on the second frequency resource, the identification of the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource logo.
  • the difference of the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference.
  • the difference information of the second phase difference may include at least one of the following: the difference of the first phase difference, the identifier of the first antenna, the identifier of the second antenna, the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; A phase difference difference, the first port ID, the second port ID, the third port ID, the fourth port ID, the ID of the first frequency resource, and the ID of the second frequency resource; the difference of the first phase difference, the ID of the second The identification of the reference signal sent by the first port and the second port on the first frequency resource, the identification of the reference signal sent by the third port and the fourth port on the second frequency resource, the identification of the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource logo.
  • the difference of the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  • phase difference information and the phase difference value information not only need to include antenna identifiers or frequency resource identifiers, but also indicate the order of making phase differences or the order of making phase differences. For details, reference may be made to S505, which will not be repeated here.
  • terminal device 720 may also send reference signals on more antennas and more resource frequencies, which is not limited in this application.
  • the terminal device 710 sends the location information to the terminal device 720 .
  • the terminal device 720 receives the location information sent by the terminal device 710 .
  • the terminal device 720 calculates the departure angle.
  • the terminal device 720 may calculate the departure angle according to the position information measured by the terminal device 710 and its own positioning assistance information.
  • the terminal device 520 may, according to Equation 3, Equation 7, Equation 8, and Equation 10 determine the angle of departure.
  • the terminal device 520 can determine the departure angle according to formula 7, formula 8 and formula 10.
  • the terminal device 520 may use the formula 10 Determine the departure angle.
  • the first device may send reference signals carried on different frequency resources through different antennas, and the terminal device measures the phases of the reference signals sent on multiple different frequency resources, determines the location information, and sends the The location information is sent to the first device, so that the first device can determine a unique angle of departure according to the location information and its own positioning assistance information, thereby solving the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 800 shown in FIG. 8 may include S801 to S808, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 820 (an example of the first device described in FIG. 4 ) sends references on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas. After receiving the reference signals carried on different frequency resources through the same antenna, the terminal device 810 (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4 ) can measure the reference signals carried on different frequency resources to obtain phase information , and complete the calculation of the departure angle according to the phase information and the positioning assistance information sent by the terminal device 820 . Each step in the method 800 is described in detail below.
  • the terminal device 810 sends a request message to the terminal device 820.
  • the terminal device 820 receives the request message sent by the terminal device 810 .
  • the terminal device 820 sends configuration information and capability information to the terminal device 810.
  • the terminal device 810 receives the configuration information and capability information sent by the terminal device 820 .
  • the terminal device 810 sends a response message to the terminal device 820.
  • the terminal device 820 receives the response message sent by the terminal device 810 .
  • the terminal device 820 sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources of multiple antennas.
  • the terminal device 810 receives reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the terminal device 810 measures the phase of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 820, and determines position information.
  • S801 to S805 may refer to S701 to S705, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device 820 sends the positioning assistance information to the terminal device 810.
  • the terminal device 810 receives the positioning assistance information sent by the terminal device 820 .
  • the positioning assistance information includes relative position information between antennas of the terminal device 820 .
  • the positioning assistance information includes relative position information between antennas of the terminal device 820 .
  • the terminal device 810 calculates the departure angle.
  • the terminal device 810 may calculate the departure angle according to the measured location information and the positioning assistance information sent by the terminal device 820 .
  • the terminal device 810 may calculate the departure angle according to the measured location information and the positioning assistance information sent by the terminal device 820 .
  • S706 For the specific content of calculating the departure angle, reference may be made to S706, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device 810 sends the calculated departure angle to the terminal device 820.
  • the terminal device 820 receives the departure angle sent by the terminal device 810 .
  • the first device may transmit reference signals carried on different frequency resources through different antennas, and the terminal device may measure the phases of the reference signals on multiple different frequency resources to determine the location information, and according to the location information Determine a unique departure angle with the positioning assistance information sent by the first device, and send the departure angle to the first device. Since the departure angle is unique, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 900 shown in FIG. 9 may include steps S901 to S912, mainly involving in the NR positioning scenario, the gNB/TRP (an example of the first device described in FIG. 4 ) uses multiple antennas on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the UE an example of the terminal equipment described in FIG. 4 ) determines the position information by receiving and measuring the phases of the reference signals on a plurality of different frequency resources, and sends the position information to the LMF, and the LMF will The location information is forwarded to gNB/TRP. After the gNB/TRP completes the calculation of the departure angle according to the position information, it sends the departure angle to the LMF.
  • there may be multiple gNBs/TRPs and the location of the UE can be uniquely determined through multiple gNBs/TRPs.
  • Each step in the method 900 is described in detail below.
  • configuration information is exchanged between the LMF and the gNB/TRP through the NR positioning protocol A (NR positioning protocol A, NRPPa).
  • NR positioning protocol A NR positioning protocol A, NRPPa
  • gNB/TRP determines whether there is a risk of angle measurement ambiguity based on its own antenna spacing and frequency resources used, and decides whether it is necessary to send reference signals on multiple frequency resources and how to send reference signals.
  • the transmission mode of the reference signal includes any one of the following: frequency hopping and antenna switching transmission mode, carrier aggregation and antenna switching transmission mode, frequency hopping and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode, carrier aggregation and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode.
  • gNBs/TRPs there may be multiple gNBs/TRPs, and the multiple gNBs/TRPs may exchange configuration information with the LMF respectively through NRPPa.
  • LMF and the UE perform capability information exchange through an LTE positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP).
  • LTE positioning protocol LTE positioning protocol
  • the UE can determine whether to support phase measurement at multiple different frequencies according to its own capabilities, and send the reference signal transmission mode supported by the UE to the LMF, so as to complete capability information exchange.
  • the LMF sends positioning assistance request information to the gNB/TRP through the NRPPa.
  • the gNB/TRP receives the positioning assistance request information sent by the LMF.
  • the positioning assistance request information mainly includes configuration information of reference signals supported in existing standards, geographic location information, and the like.
  • the LMF may send positioning assistance request information to each gNB/TRP through NRPPa.
  • the gNB/TRP sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF through the NRPPa.
  • the LMF receives the positioning assistance response information sent by the gNB/TRP.
  • the gNB/TRP sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF through NRPPa according to the received positioning assistance request information, for responding to the positioning assistance request information.
  • each gNB/TRP may send positioning assistance response information to the LMF through NRPPa.
  • the LMF provides the auxiliary information to the UE through the LPP.
  • the UE receives the auxiliary information sent by the LMF.
  • the auxiliary information mainly includes the configuration information of the reference signal, and the configuration information may include the bandwidth of the reference signal, the form of the comb, and the like. For specific content, reference may be made to existing protocols, which will not be repeated here.
  • the LMF sends request location information to the UE through the LPP.
  • the UE receives the location request information sent by the LMF.
  • the LMF may send location request information to the UE through the LPP.
  • the location request information is mainly used to request the UE to measure the phase information of the reference signal sent by the gNB/TRP on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas.
  • the location request information may indicate that the UE uses the same antenna for measurement.
  • the requested positioning information may also indicate that one or more of phase information, phase difference information, and phase difference difference information is to be reported.
  • the gNB/TRP sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas.
  • the gNB/TRP can send multiple reference signals of different frequency resources to the UE on different antennas to determine the angular relationship between the UE and the gNB/TRP; when there are multiple gNBs/TRPs, the multiple gNBs/TRPs can respectively send reference signals on multiple different frequency resources through their own multiple antennas, so as to determine the position of the UE.
  • the reference signal can be one or multiple, that is to say, the one gNB/TRP or multiple gNB/TRPs can respectively send a reference signal, and the reference signal is jointly carried by multiple frequency resources, and the one gNB/TRP
  • the TRP or multiple gNBs/TRPs may also send multiple reference signals, and the multiple reference signals may be respectively carried on multiple different frequency resources, which is not limited in this application.
  • the UE measures the phase of the reference signal sent by the gNB/TRP to determine location information.
  • the UE sends location information to the LMF through the LPP.
  • the LMF receives the location information sent by the UE.
  • S908 and S909 may refer to S705 and S706 respectively, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the LMF sends location information to the gNB/TRP participating in positioning through NRPPa.
  • the gNB/TRP participating in positioning receives the location information sent by the LMF.
  • the LMF can send position information to the corresponding gNB/TRP through NRPPa, for example, the phase information obtained by measuring the reference signal of gNB/TRP 1 is sent to gNB/TRP 1; the phase information obtained by measuring the reference signal of gNB/TRP 2 Phase information is sent to gNB/TRP 2, and so on.
  • the LMF may send location information to each gNB/TRP through NRPPa, that is, send all phase information to each gNB/TRP.
  • the phase information obtained by measuring the reference signal of gNB/TRP 1 and the phase information obtained by measuring the reference signal of gNB/TRP 2 can both be sent to gNB/TRP 1, and can also be sent to gNB/TRP 2 at the same time, gNB/TRP 1 can determine the phase information of the reference signal sent by itself from multiple phase information.
  • the gNB/TRP calculates the departure angle.
  • the gNB/TRP can calculate the departure angle according to the location information sent by the UE and the positioning assistance information of the gNB/TRP sent by the LMF.
  • the gNB/TRP can calculate the departure angle according to the location information sent by the UE and the positioning assistance information of the gNB/TRP sent by the LMF.
  • S706 For the specific content of calculating the departure angle, reference may be made to S706, which will not be repeated here.
  • the gNB/TRP sends the calculated departure angle to the LMF through the NRPPa.
  • the LMF receives the departure angle sent by the gNB/TRP.
  • the base station can transmit reference signals carried on different frequency resources on different antennas, and the terminal device can measure the phase of the reference signals on different frequency resources, determine the location information, and send the location information to the LMF , the LMF forwards the location information to the base station, and the base station determines a unique departure angle according to the location information and its own positioning assistance information. Since the departure angle is unique, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved. Further, since there may be multiple base stations, there are also multiple determined departure angles, and the multiple departure angles are all unique, and the base station can uniquely determine the position of the terminal device according to the multiple unique departure angles, so that Solve the problem of ambiguous positioning.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1000 shown in FIG. 10 may include S1001 to S1012, which mainly involves in the NR positioning scenario, the serving gNB/TRP (an example of the first device described in FIG. The reference signal is sent on different frequency resources, and the UE (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4 ) determines the location information by receiving and measuring the phases of the reference signals on multiple different frequency resources, and sends the location information to Serving gNB/TRP. After the serving gNB/TRP completes the calculation of the departure angle according to the location information, it sends the departure angle to the LMF.
  • the position of the UE can be determined through the serving gNB/TRP and multiple neighboring gNB/TRPs, so as to achieve the effect of unambiguous positioning.
  • Each step in the method 1000 is described in detail below.
  • LMF and serving gNB/TRP perform configuration information exchange through NRPPa.
  • the serving gNB/TRP can be understood as a base station or node that can communicate with the UE
  • the adjacent gNB/TRP can be understood as a base station or node adjacent to the UE, that is, the UE can receive the reference information sent by the adjacent gNB/TRP. Signal.
  • the LMF and the UE perform capability information exchange through the LPP.
  • the LMF sends positioning assistance request information to the neighboring gNB/TRP through the NRPPa.
  • the adjacent gNB/TRP receives the positioning assistance request information sent by the LMF.
  • the LMF sends the positioning assistance request information to the serving gNB/TRP through NRPPa.
  • the positioning assistance request information mainly includes configuration information of reference signals supported in existing standards, geographic location information, etc., and may not include positioning assistance information.
  • LMF sends positioning assistance request information to neighboring gNB/TRP through NRPPa.
  • the positioning assistance request information can also include relative position information of antennas in neighboring gNB/TRP , that is, positioning assistance information.
  • the neighboring gNB/TRP sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF through NRPPa.
  • the LMF receives the positioning assistance response information sent by the neighboring gNB/TRP.
  • the LMF provides auxiliary information to the UE through the LPP.
  • the UE receives the auxiliary information sent by the LMF.
  • the LMF sends request location information to the UE through the LPP.
  • the UE receives the location request information sent by the LMF.
  • the serving gNB/TRP and the neighboring gNB/TRP respectively transmit reference signals on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas.
  • the UE receives reference signals sent by the serving gNB/TRP and the neighboring gNB/TRP on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the UE measures the phases of the reference signals sent by the serving gNB/TRP and the neighboring gNB/TRP, and determines location information.
  • the UE sends location information to the serving gNB/TRP through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC).
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the serving gNB/TRP receives the location information sent by the UE through RRC.
  • the UE may directly send location information to the serving gNB/TRP through RRC, and the location information may include phase information and/or phase difference information and/or phase difference difference information, which is not limited in this application.
  • the LMF sends the antenna configuration information of the neighboring gNB/TRP to the serving gNB/TRP through the NRPPa.
  • the serving gNB/TRP receives the antenna configuration information of the neighboring gNB/TRP sent by the LMF.
  • the LMF sends the antenna configuration information of each adjacent gNB/TRP to the serving gNB/TRP through NRPPa, which may mainly include relative position information between antennas of each adjacent gNB/TRP.
  • the serving gNB/TRP calculates the departure angle.
  • the serving gNB/TRP can calculate the departure angle according to the location information sent by the UE and the positioning assistance information of each gNB/TRP sent by the LMF.
  • the specific content of calculating the departure angle reference may be made to S706, which will not be repeated here.
  • the serving gNB/TRP sends the calculated departure angles of all gNB/TRPs to the LMF through NRPPa.
  • the LMF receives the departure angle sent by the serving gNB/TRP.
  • the serving base station and the neighboring base station can both transmit reference signals carried on different frequency resources on different antennas, and the terminal device can measure the phases of the reference signals on different frequency resources, determine the location information, and send the The location information is sent to the serving base station, and the serving base station determines a unique departure angle according to the location information and its own positioning assistance information. Since the departure angle is unique, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved. Further, the serving base station may also receive the positioning assistance information of each adjacent base station, and the serving base station may uniquely determine the departure angle according to the location information and the positioning assistance information of each adjacent base station. Since there may be multiple adjacent base stations, there are also multiple determined departure angles, and the multiple departure angles are all unique. Therefore, using the method provided by this application, the position of the terminal device can also be uniquely determined, and then it can also solve the problem of The problem of ambiguous positioning.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1100 is mainly applied in an NR positioning scenario, and involves interaction between a terminal device, a first device and a core network device.
  • the method 1100 shown in FIG. 11 includes S1101 to S1104, and each step in the method 1100 will be described in detail below.
  • the first device sends positioning assistance information to a core network device.
  • the core network device receives the positioning assistance information sent by the first device.
  • the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the first device.
  • the positioning assistance information may indicate the relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna of the first device.
  • the first device sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the terminal device receives multiple reference signals on different frequency resources.
  • the terminal device sends location information.
  • the core network device receives the location information from the terminal device.
  • the location information may be determined based on phase measurement results of reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the position information is determined based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource.
  • the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase The difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference.
  • first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase
  • second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase
  • third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the phase difference difference information is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
  • the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; The second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes the fourth phase difference; the difference value information of the phase difference includes the difference value of the first phase difference or the second phase difference The difference in phase difference.
  • the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase
  • the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase
  • the third phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase
  • the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase
  • the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference
  • the difference between the second phase difference is the third phase difference and The difference of the fourth phase difference.
  • the core network device determines the departure angle according to the positioning assistance information and the location information.
  • the core network device can determine the relative position of the antenna of the first device according to the positioning assistance information, and can determine the phase information of the reference signal on different frequency resources according to the position information, so that the departure angle can be determined according to formula 10.
  • the terminal device receives reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources, and sends location information for determining the departure angle to the core network device, and the first device sends positioning assistance information to the core network device, So that the core network device can determine the departure angle according to the position information and the positioning assistance information. Since the location information is determined based on the phase measurement results of reference signals on multiple different frequency resources, and the location information is used to determine the departure angle, it can be understood that the departure angle is also determined based on the reference signals carried on different frequency resources, so that in In the NR positioning scene, a unique departure angle can be determined, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1200 shown in FIG. 12 may include S1201 to S1210, which mainly involves that in the NR positioning scenario, the gNB/TRP (an example of the first device described in FIG. signal, the UE (an example of the terminal equipment described in Figure 11) determines the location information by receiving and measuring the phases of the reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources sent by gNB/TRP through different antennas, and the location The information is sent to the LMF, and the LMF (an example of the core network device described in FIG. 11 ) completes the calculation of the departure angle.
  • the LMF an example of the core network device described in FIG. 11
  • there may be multiple gNBs/TRPs and the location of the UE can be determined through multiple gNBs/TRPs, so as to achieve the effect of unambiguous positioning.
  • Each step in the method 1200 is described in detail below.
  • the LMF and the UE perform capability information exchange through the LPP.
  • the LMF sends positioning assistance request information to the gNB/TRP through the NRPPa.
  • the gNB/TRP receives the positioning assistance request information sent by the LMF.
  • the positioning assistance request information may include relative position information of antennas in the gNB/TRP, that is, positioning assistance information, in addition to reference signal configuration information and geographic location information supported in existing standards.
  • the LMF may send positioning assistance request information to each gNB/TRP through NRPPa.
  • the gNB/TRP sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF through the NRPPa.
  • the LMF receives the positioning assistance response information sent by the gNB/TRP.
  • gNB/TRP sends positioning assistance response information to LMF through NRPPa, and provides positioning information to LMF, and the positioning information includes relative position information of antennas in gNB/TRP.
  • each gNB/TRP may send positioning assistance response information to the LMF through NRPPa.
  • the LMF provides the auxiliary information to the UE through the LPP.
  • the UE receives the auxiliary information sent by the LMF.
  • the LMF sends request location information to the UE through the LPP.
  • the UE receives the location request information sent by the LMF.
  • the gNB/TRP transmits reference signals on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas respectively.
  • the UE receives the reference signal sent by the gNB/TRP on multiple different frequency resources.
  • the UE measures the phase of the reference signal sent by the gNB/TRP to determine location information.
  • the UE sends location information to the LMF through the LPP.
  • the LMF receives the location information sent by the UE.
  • the LMF calculates the departure angle.
  • the LMF can calculate the departure angle according to the location information sent by the UE and the positioning assistance information sent by the gNB/TRP.
  • the specific content of calculating the departure angle reference may be made to S706, which will not be repeated here.
  • the base station can transmit reference signals carried on different frequency resources on different antennas, and the terminal device can measure the phase of the reference signals on different frequency resources, determine the location information, and send the location information to the LMF , the LMF determines a unique angle of departure according to the location information and the positioning assistance information sent by the base station. Since the departure angle is unique, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved. Further, since there may be multiple base stations, there are also multiple determined departure angles, and the multiple departure angles are all unique, and the LMF can uniquely determine the position of the terminal device according to the multiple unique departure angles, so that it can also Solve the problem of ambiguous positioning.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application, including a receiving unit 1310 and a sending unit 1330 .
  • the communication device may be used to implement the steps or procedures corresponding to the execution of the terminal device in the above method embodiments, for example, the communication device may be a terminal device, or may also be a chip or a circuit in the terminal device.
  • the receiving unit 1310 is configured to perform receiving-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the sending unit is configured to perform sending-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communications apparatus further includes a processing unit 1320, and the processing unit 1320 is configured to perform processing-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the sending unit 1330 and the receiving unit 1310 may also be integrated into a transceiver unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
  • the communication device can be used to implement the steps or processes corresponding to the first device in the above method embodiments, for example, the communication device can be the first device, or it can also be a chip or circuit.
  • a receiving unit 1310 where the receiving unit 1310 is configured to perform receiving-related operations of the first device in the above method embodiments.
  • the processing unit 1320 is configured to perform processing related operations of the first device in the above method embodiments, and the sending unit is configured to perform sending related operations of the first device in the above method embodiments.
  • the sending unit 1330 and the receiving unit 1310 may also be integrated into a transceiver unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
  • the communication device can be used to implement the steps or processes corresponding to the execution of the core network equipment in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device can be a core network device, or it can also be a chip or circuit.
  • the receiving unit 1310 is configured to perform receiving-related operations of the core network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the processing unit 1320 is configured to perform processing-related operations of the core network device in the above method embodiments, and the sending unit 1330 is configured to perform transmission-related operations of the core network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the sending unit 1330 and the receiving unit 1310 may also be integrated into a transceiver unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application, including a processor 1410, the processor 1410 is coupled with a memory 1420, the memory 1420 is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 1410 is used to execute the memory 1420 Stored computer programs or instructions, or read data stored in the memory 1420, to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
  • processors 1410 there are one or more processors 1410 .
  • the memory 1420 is integrated with the processor 1410, or is set separately.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver 1430, and the transceiver 1430 is used for receiving and/or sending signals.
  • the processor 1410 is configured to control the transceiver 1430 to receive and/or send signals.
  • the communication apparatus may be used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 1410 is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1420, so as to implement related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver 1430 may be used to perform the receiving operation of the terminal device in S401 shown in FIG. 4 , and may also be used for the sending operation of the terminal device in S402.
  • the processor 1410 is configured to execute the processing steps of the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application. For example, a processing operation for performing a determination of position information from a phase of a measured reference signal. It should be understood that the communication device shown in FIG. 14 can execute the terminal device in FIG. 4 and FIG.
  • the terminal device 510 in FIG. 5 the terminal device 610 in FIG. 6 , the terminal device 710 in FIG. Operations performed by the terminal device 810 , the UE in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 , and the UE in FIG. 12 .
  • the communications apparatus may be used to implement the operations performed by the first device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the processor 1410 is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1420, so as to implement related operations performed by the first device in each of the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver 1430 may be used to perform the sending operation of the first device in S401 shown in FIG. 4 , and may also be used for the receiving operation of the first device in S402 .
  • the processor 1410 is configured to execute the processing steps of the first device in the embodiment of the present application. For example, a processing operation for calculating a departure angle from position information. It should be understood that the communication device shown in FIG. 14 can execute the first device in FIG. 4 and FIG.
  • the terminal device 520 in FIG. 5 the terminal device 620 in FIG. 6 , the terminal device 720 in FIG. Operations performed by the terminal device 820 in FIG. 9 , the gNB/TRP in FIG. 9 , the serving gNB/TRP in FIG. 10 , and the gNB/TRP in FIG. 12 .
  • the communication device may be used to implement the operations performed by the core network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the processor 1410 is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1420, so as to implement related operations performed by the core network device in each method embodiment above.
  • the transceiver 1430 may be used to perform the sending operation of the LMF in S903 shown in FIG. 9 , and may also be used to perform the receiving operation of the LMF in S904 .
  • the processor 1410 is configured to execute the processing steps of the LMF in the embodiment of the present application. For example, it is used to perform the operation of calculating the departure angle in S1104 shown in FIG. 11 .
  • FIG. 14 is only an example rather than a limitation, and the above-mentioned communication device including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver may not depend on the structure shown in FIG. 14 .
  • the present application provides a chip, and the chip includes a processor.
  • the memory used to store the computer program is set independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the operation and/or processing performed by the terminal device or the first device or the core network device in any method embodiment be executed.
  • the chip may further include a communication interface.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like.
  • the chip may further include a memory.
  • the chip in the embodiment of the present application can be a programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), can be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), can also be a system chip (system on chip, SoC), can also It can be a CPU, it can also be a network processor (network processor, NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), it can also be a microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU), and it can also be a programmable Controller (programmable logic device, PLD), other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, or other integrated chips.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • SoC system on chip
  • It can be a CPU, it can also be a network processor (network processor, NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), it can also be a microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU), and it can also be a
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the embodiments shown in Fig. 4 to Fig. 12 method.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium, the computer-readable medium stores program codes, and when the program codes run on the computer, the computer executes any one of the embodiments shown in Fig. 4 to Fig. 12 . method.
  • each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the steps of the methods disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication apparatus. The communication method comprises: a terminal device receives and measures reference signals carried on a plurality of different frequency resources, determines first information on the basis of a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a second frequency resource, and sends the first information to other devices, the first information being used for indicating a direction angle. In the communication method, a terminal device receives and measures reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and sends first information for indicating a direction angle, so that other devices can obtain a direction angle according to the first information. The direction angle is determined on the basis of the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources; therefore, the obtained direction angle is unique, thus solving the problem of angle measurement ambiguity.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2022年02月11日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210129996.0、申请名称为“一种基于相位的测角方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及要求于2022年03月24日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210302562.6、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202210129996.0 and the application name "A Phase-Based Angle Measurement Method" submitted to the China Patent Office on February 11, 2022, and the claim is filed on March 24, 2022 Priority to a Chinese patent application with application number 202210302562.6 and titled "Communication Method and Communication Device" filed with the China Patent Office, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种通信方法和通信装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and more specifically, relate to a communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
在新无线(new radio,NR)和侧行链路(sidelink)定位场景中,一般是根据多天线设备测量参考信号得到的相位差确定方向角。但由于相位的整周模糊性,当天线之间的距离大于或等于半波长时,确定的方向角可能会不唯一,即可能会发生测角模糊的问题。In new radio (new radio, NR) and sidelink (sidelink) positioning scenarios, the direction angle is generally determined based on the phase difference obtained by measuring the reference signal with multiple antenna devices. However, due to the ambiguity of the entire phase, when the distance between the antennas is greater than or equal to half the wavelength, the determined direction angle may not be unique, that is, the problem of angle measurement ambiguity may occur.
在现有协议中,在NR定位场景下,为了解决测角模糊问题,基站可以上报多个可能的角度测量结果给位置管理功能(location management function,LMF),由LMF综合多个基站的角度测量结果,确定最终的方向角。但是,当基站数量较少时(例如2个),LMF也较难从最终的方向角中排除掉错误的方向角,即也无法解决测角模糊的问题。In the existing protocol, in the NR positioning scenario, in order to solve the angle measurement ambiguity problem, the base station can report multiple possible angle measurement results to the location management function (LMF), and the LMF integrates the angle measurements of multiple base stations As a result, the final orientation angle is determined. However, when the number of base stations is small (for example, 2), it is also difficult for LMF to exclude wrong direction angles from the final direction angle, that is, it cannot solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
此外,现有协议中也未涉及在sidelink定位场景下如何解决测角模糊的问题。In addition, the existing protocol does not involve how to solve the problem of angle measurement ambiguity in the sidelink positioning scenario.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法和通信装置,能够解决测角模糊的问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and a communication device, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法应用于终端设备,包括:In the first aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method is applied to a terminal device, including:
接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号,第一频率资源和第二频率资源不同;发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示方向角,该第一信息基于承载在该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和承载在该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定。Receive reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource are different; send first information, the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, and the first information is based on the bearer The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource and the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource are determined.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备接收承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号,并发送用于指示方向角的第一信息,以便其他设备根据第一信息便可获取方向角。由于第一信息基于承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定,且第一信息用于指示方向角,那么可以理解为方向角也是基于承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定,这样无论是在NR还是sidelink定位场景中,得到的方向角都是唯一的,进而可以解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device receives reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and sends first information for indicating the direction angle, so that other devices can obtain the direction angle according to the first information. Since the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, it can be understood that the direction angle is also based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources The result is determined, so whether in NR or sidelink positioning scenarios, the obtained direction angle is unique, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备包括第一天线和第二天线;该接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the terminal device includes a first antenna and a second antenna; the receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes:
通过第一天线接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号;通过第二天线接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号。The reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource is received through the first antenna; the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource is received through the second antenna.
该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,第一相位是第一天线接收到的第一频率资源的参考信号的相位,第二相位是第二天线接收到的第一频率资源的参考信号的相位;该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,第三相位是第一天线接收到的第二频率资源的参考信号的相位,第四相位是第二天线接收到的第二频率资源的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the second phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna. The phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the two antennas; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase is received by the first antenna The phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource, the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备通过在不同天线上接收承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号,得到不同天线在不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位,从而可以得到不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果,以便于终端设备基于承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定第一信息,进而该终端设备或者其他设备根据该第一信息确定出唯一的方向角,解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device obtains the phases of the reference signals carried by different antennas on different frequency resources by receiving the reference signals carried on different frequency resources on different antennas, so that the phase measurement of the reference signals on different frequency resources can be obtained As a result, it is convenient for the terminal device to determine the first information based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and then the terminal device or other devices can determine a unique direction angle according to the first information, so as to solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement .
在一种可能的实现方式中,参考信号可以携带标识信息,该标识信息用于标识参考信号、发送参考信号的天线或发送参考信号的端口。In a possible implementation manner, the reference signal may carry identification information, where the identification information is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna for sending the reference signal, or a port for sending the reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号之前,该方法还包括:接收请求消息,该请求消息包括以下至少一项:第一频率信息、参考信号的发送方式信息、位置信息包括的内容的类型,该第一频率信息用于指示可选的参考信号的频率;根据该第一频率信息发送第二信息,该第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端设备请求的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the method further includes: receiving a request message, where the request message includes at least one of the following: the first frequency information, reference signal transmission mode information, and the type of content included in the location information, the first frequency information is used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal; the second information is sent according to the first frequency information, and the second information is used for At least one of the following is indicated: the frequency of the reference signal requested by the terminal device, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收针对该第二信息的响应消息,该响应消息用于指示以下至少一项:配置的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: frequency of the configured reference signal, transmission mode of the reference signal, location information The type of content to include.
终端设备和第一设备可以进行第二信息的交互,即配置信息和能力信息的交互,从而可以确定出配置的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式或位置信息包括的内容的类型,进而可以实现终端设备和第一设备之间的通信。The terminal device and the first device can exchange the second information, that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information, so that the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, or the type of content included in the location information can be determined, and then can be Communication between the terminal device and the first device is implemented.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes:
接收第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号和第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号;接收第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号和第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号。Receive a reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and a reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; receive a reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port and a reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the fourth port Reference signals on two frequency resources.
该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,第一相位是接收到的第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,第二相位是接收到的第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,第三相位是接收到的第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,第四相位是接收到的第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port, and the second The phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource transmitted by the second port; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase is the received The received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port, and the fourth phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备可以接收不同端口发送的不同频率资源上的参考信号,得到不同端口在不同频率资源上发送的参考信号的相位测量结果,以便于终端设备基于承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定第一信息,进而终端设备或者其他设备根据该第一信息确定出唯一的方向角,解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device can receive reference signals on different frequency resources sent by different ports, and obtain the phase measurement results of the reference signals sent by different ports on different frequency resources, so that the terminal device can The phase measurement result of the reference signal determines the first information, and then the terminal device or other devices determine a unique direction angle according to the first information, so as to solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号之前,该方法还包括:接收第二信息,该第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一设备请 求的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。In a possible implementation manner, before receiving the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the method further includes: receiving second information, where the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following : The frequency of the reference signal requested by the first device, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送针对该第二信息的响应消息,该响应消息用于指示以下至少一项:配置的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the location information The type of content to include.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求第一设备发送该第二信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending a request message, where the request message is used to request the first device to send the second information.
终端设备和第一设备可以进行第二信息的交互,即配置信息和能力信息的交互,从而可以确定出配置的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式或位置信息包括的内容的类型,进而可以实现终端设备和第一设备之间的通信。The terminal device and the first device can exchange the second information, that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information, so that the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, or the type of content included in the location information can be determined, and then can be Communication between the terminal device and the first device is implemented.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括位置信息,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first information includes position information, and the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据第一相位和第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据第三相位和第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据第一相位和第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据第二相位和第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据第一相位、第二相位、第三相位和第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the The third phase is obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase .
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息还包括定位辅助信息,该定位辅助信息用于指示第一天线和第二天线的相对位置。In a possible implementation manner, the first information further includes positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备发送的第一信息包括位置信息,该位置信息用于指示相位信息、相位差信息或者相位差的差值信息,并且该相位信息、相位差信息或者相位差的差值信息是根据不同频率资源下的相位得到的。因此,无论是在NR还是sidelink定位场景中,其他设备根据该第一信息中的位置信息确定的方向角都是唯一的,从而可以解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above technical solution, the first information sent by the terminal device includes position information, the position information is used to indicate phase information, phase difference information or phase difference difference information, and the phase information, phase difference information or phase difference difference value The information is obtained according to the phases under different frequency resources. Therefore, no matter in the NR or sidelink positioning scenario, the direction angle determined by other devices according to the position information in the first information is unique, so that the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括方向角,该方向角为到达角或离开角,该方向角是根据该位置信息确定的,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first information includes a direction angle, where the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure, and the direction angle is determined according to the position information, and the position information is used for Indicating at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information ; Difference information of phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据第一相位和第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据第三相位和第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据第一相位和第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据第二相位和第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据第一相位、第二相位、第三相位和第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the The third phase is obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase .
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备根据位置信息和自身的定位辅助信息确定方向角,该方向角为到达角或离开角。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determines a direction angle according to the location information and its own positioning assistance information, where the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备发送的第一信息可以为方向角,该方向角可以为到达角或者离开角,并且该方向角是根据位置信息得到的,该位置信息用于指示相位信息、相位差信息或者相位差的差值信息,该相位信息、相位差信息或者相位差的差值信息是根据不同频率资源下的相位得到的。因此,无论是在NR还是sidelink定位场景中,终端设备根据该位置信息确定的方向角都是唯一的,从而可以解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above technical solution, the first information sent by the terminal device may be the direction angle, which may be the angle of arrival or the angle of departure, and the direction angle is obtained according to the position information, which is used to indicate phase information, phase difference Information or phase difference difference information, where the phase information, phase difference information or phase difference difference information is obtained according to phases under different frequency resources. Therefore, no matter in the NR or sidelink positioning scenario, the direction angle determined by the terminal device based on the position information is unique, so that the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一相位信息包括第一相位;该第 二相位信息包括第二相位;该第三相位信息包括该三相位;该第四相位信息包括第四相位;该第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;该第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;该第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;该第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;该相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the three phases; the fourth phase The information includes a fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes a first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes a second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes a third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes a first phase difference Four phase differences; the difference information of the phase difference includes the difference value of the first phase difference or the difference value of the second phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差为该第一相位与该第二相位的相位差;该第二相位差为该第三相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第三相位差为该第一相位与该第三相位的相位差;该第四相位差为该第二相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第一相位差的差值为该第一相位差与该第二相位差的差值;该第二相位差的差值为该第三相位差与该第四相位差的差值。Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase; the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value; the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:接收第一参考信号,该第一参考信号承载在该第一频率资源上;接收第二参考信号,该第二参考信号承载在该第二频率资源上。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes: receiving a first reference signal, the first reference signal carried on the On the first frequency resource: receiving a second reference signal, where the second reference signal is carried on the second frequency resource.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:接收第一参考信号,该第一参考信号由第一频率资源和第二频率资源共同承载。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes: receiving a first reference signal, the first reference signal is determined by the first The frequency resource and the second frequency resource are jointly carried.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备接收的不同频率资源上的参考信号可以是通过不同的参考信号承载的,也可以是通过同一参考信号进行承载,无论采用哪种发送参考信号的方式,终端设备都可以接收到不同频率资源上的参考信号,从而可以根据不同频率资源上参考信号的相位测量结果确定出第一信息。Based on the above technical solution, the reference signals on different frequency resources received by the terminal device can be carried by different reference signals, or by the same reference signal. No matter which method of sending the reference signal is adopted, the terminal device can The reference signals on different frequency resources are received, so that the first information can be determined according to phase measurement results of the reference signals on different frequency resources.
第二方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法应用于第一设备,包括:发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号,第一频率资源和第二频率资源不同;接收来自终端设备的第一信息,该第一信息用于指示方向角,该第一信息基于承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定。In a second aspect, a communication method is provided, and the method is applied to a first device, including: sending reference signals carried on a first frequency resource and a second frequency resource, where the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource are different; receiving first information from a terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate a direction angle, where the first information is based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a second frequency resource The phase measurement results are OK.
基于上述技术方案,第一设备发送承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号,并接收来自终端设备的第一信息,该第一信息用于指示方向角,第一设备可以根据该第一信息获取方向角。由于第一信息基于承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定,且第一信息用于指示方向角,那么可以理解为方向角也是基于承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定,这样无论是在NR还是sidelink定位场景中,得到的方向角都是唯一的,进而可以解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above technical solution, the first device sends reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and receives first information from the terminal device, the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, and the first device can obtain the direction according to the first information horn. Since the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, it can be understood that the direction angle is also based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources The result is determined, so whether in NR or sidelink positioning scenarios, the obtained direction angle is unique, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号由第一天线和第二天线接收;该承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号由第一天线和第二天线接收;该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,该第一相位对应该第一天线接收到的该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,该第二相位对应第二天线接收到的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,该第三相位对应第一天线接收到的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,该第四相位对应第二天线接收到的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource is received by the first antenna and the second antenna; the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource is received by the first antenna The first antenna and the second antenna receive; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, and the first phase corresponds to the first frequency resource received by the first antenna The phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource, the second phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the second antenna; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is based on the third phase and the fourth The phase is determined, the third phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the fourth phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号之前,该方法还包括:发送请求消息,该请求消息包括以下至少一项:第一频率信息、参考信号的发送方式信息、位置信息包括的内容的类型,该第一频率信息用于指示可选的参考信号的频率;接收第二信息,该第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端设备请求的参 考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。In a possible implementation manner, before sending the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the method further includes: sending a request message, where the request message includes at least one of the following items: the first frequency information, reference signal transmission mode information, and the type of content included in the location information, the first frequency information is used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal; receiving second information, the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: The frequency of the reference signal requested by the terminal device, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:发送针对该第二信息的响应消息,该响应消息用于指示以下至少一项:配置的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: sending a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the location information The type of content to include.
第一设备和终端设备可以进行第二信息的交互,即配置信息和能力信息的交互,从而可以确定出配置的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式或位置信息包括的内容的类型,进而可以实现终端设备和第一设备之间的通信。The first device and the terminal device can perform the interaction of the second information, that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information, so as to determine the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, or the type of content included in the location information, and then can Communication between the terminal device and the first device is implemented.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:分别通过该第一端口和该第二端口发送该第一频率资源上的参考信号;分别通过该第三端口和该第四端口发送该第二频率资源上的参考信号。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes: sending the first frequency resource through the first port and the second port respectively. A reference signal on a frequency resource; sending the reference signal on the second frequency resource through the third port and the fourth port respectively.
该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,该第一相位对应第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,该第二相位对应第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,该第三相位是第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,该第四相位是第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port, and the second phase Corresponding to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, the third phase is the third port The transmitted phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource, where the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal transmitted by the fourth port on the second frequency resource.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备包括第一天线和第二天线,该第一端口发送的该第一频率资源上的参考信号以及该第三端口发送的该第二频率资源上的参考信号均是通过该第一天线发送的,该第二端口发送的该第一频率资源上的参考信号以及该第四端口发送的该第二频率资源上的参考信号均是通过该第二天线发送的。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first device includes a first antenna and a second antenna, the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal sent by the third port The reference signals on the second frequency resource are all sent through the first antenna, the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port Signals are sent through the second antenna.
应理解,第一设备的第一天线对应第一端口和第三端口,第一设备的第二天线对应第二端口和第四端口。也就是说,第一端口发送的参考信号和第三端口发送的参考信号都是通过第一天线发送的,第二端口发送的参考信号和第四端口发送的参考信号都是通过第二天线发送的。It should be understood that the first antenna of the first device corresponds to the first port and the third port, and the second antenna of the first device corresponds to the second port and the fourth port. That is to say, the reference signal sent by the first port and the reference signal sent by the third port are both sent through the first antenna, and the reference signal sent by the second port and the reference signal sent by the fourth port are both sent through the second antenna of.
基于上述技术方案,第一设备可以通过不同天线(或者不同端口)发送承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号,以便于终端设备得到不同端口在不同频率资源上发送的参考信号的相位测量结果,从而使得终端设备可以根据不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定第一信息,进而使得终端设备或者第一设备可以根据该第一信息确定出唯一的方向角,解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above technical solution, the first device can send reference signals carried on different frequency resources through different antennas (or different ports), so that the terminal device can obtain the phase measurement results of the reference signals sent by different ports on different frequency resources, thereby The terminal device can determine the first information according to the phase measurement results of the reference signals on different frequency resources, so that the terminal device or the first device can determine a unique direction angle according to the first information, and solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该参考信号携带标识信息,该标识信息用于标识该参考信号、发送该参考信号的天线或发送该参考信号的端口。In a possible implementation manner, the reference signal carries identification information, and the identification information is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna for sending the reference signal, or a port for sending the reference signal.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号之前,该方法还包括:根据第一频率信息,发送第二信息,该第一频率信息用于指示可选的参考信号的频率,该第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一设备请求的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式信息、位置信息包括的内容的类型。In a possible implementation manner, before sending the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the method further includes: sending second information according to the first frequency information, the first frequency information Used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal, the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the reference signal requested by the first device, information about the transmission mode of the reference signal, and a type of content included in the location information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收针对该第二信息的响应消息,该响应消息用于指示以下至少一项:配置的参考信号的频率、该参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the location The type of content that the information includes.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:接收请求消息,该请求消息用于请求该第一设备发送该第二信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: receiving a request message, where the request message is used to request the first device to send the second information.
第一设备和终端设备可以进行第二信息的交互,即配置信息和能力信息的交互,从而 可以确定出配置的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式或位置信息包括的内容的类型,进而可以实现终端设备和第一设备之间的通信。The first device and the terminal device can perform the interaction of the second information, that is, the interaction of configuration information and capability information, so as to determine the frequency of the configured reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, or the type of content included in the location information, and then can Communication between the terminal device and the first device is implemented.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括位置信息,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息;该方法还包括:根据该位置信息确定该方向角。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first information includes position information, and the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and the fourth phase information; the first phase difference information and the second phase difference information; the third phase difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference; the method also includes: determining the direction angle according to the position information .
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据该第三相位和该第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据该第二相位和该第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据该第一相位、该第二相位、该第三相位和该第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息还包括定位辅助信息,该定位辅助信息用于指示第一天线和第二天线的相对位置。In a possible implementation manner, the first information further includes positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备根据该位置信息和该定位辅助信息确定方向角,该方向角可以为到达角或离开角。In a possible implementation manner, the first device determines a direction angle according to the location information and the positioning assistance information, where the direction angle may be an angle of arrival or an angle of departure.
基于上述技术方案,第一设备接收的第一信息包括位置信息,该位置信息用于指示相位信息、相位差信息或者相位差的差值信息,并且该相位信息、相位差信息或者相位差的差值信息是根据不同频率资源下的相位得到的。因此,无论是在NR还是sidelink定位场景中,第一设备可以根据接收到的第一信息中的位置信息确定的方向角都是唯一的,从而可以解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above technical solution, the first information received by the first device includes position information, where the position information is used to indicate phase information, phase difference information, or phase difference difference information, and the phase information, phase difference information, or phase difference difference The value information is obtained according to the phase under different frequency resources. Therefore, no matter in the NR or sidelink positioning scenario, the direction angle that the first device can determine according to the position information in the received first information is unique, so that the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括方向角,该方向角为到达角或离开角,该方向角是根据该位置信息确定的,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first information includes a direction angle, where the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure, and the direction angle is determined according to the position information, and the position information is used for Indicating at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information ; Difference information of phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据该第三相位和该第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据该第二相位和该第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据该第一相位、该第二相位、该第三相位和该第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
基于上述技术方案,第一设备接收终端设备发送的第一信息可以为方向角,该方向角可以为到达角或者离开角,并且该方向角是终端设备根据位置信息得到的,该位置信息用于指示相位信息、相位差信息或者相位差的差值信息,该相位信息、相位差信息或者相位差的差值信息是根据不同频率资源下的相位得到的,因此,无论是在NR还是sidelink定位场景中,终端设备根据该位置信息确定的方向角都是唯一的,从而第一设备接收的方向角也是唯一的,即能够解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above technical solution, the first information received by the first device from the terminal device may be a direction angle, the direction angle may be the angle of arrival or the angle of departure, and the direction angle is obtained by the terminal device according to the location information, which is used for Indicates phase information, phase difference information or phase difference difference information. The phase information, phase difference information or phase difference difference information is obtained according to the phase under different frequency resources. Therefore, whether it is in NR or sidelink positioning scenarios Among them, the direction angle determined by the terminal device according to the position information is unique, so the direction angle received by the first device is also unique, that is, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一相位信息包括该第一相位;该第二相位信息包括该第二相位;该第三相位信息包括该第三相位;该第四相位信息包括该第四相位;该第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;该第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;该第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;该第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;该相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差为该第一相位与该第二相位的相位差;该第二相位差为该第三相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第三相位差为该第一相位与该第三相位的相位差;该第四相 位差为该第二相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第一相位差的差值为该第一相位差与该第二相位差的差值;该第二相位差的差值为该第三相位差与该第四相位差的差值。Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase; the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value; the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:发送承载在第一频率资源上的第一参考信号;发送承载在第二频率资源上的第二参考信号。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes: sending the first reference signal carried on the first frequency resource; Send the second reference signal carried on the second frequency resource.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的第一参考信号。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes: sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource the first reference signal.
基于上述技术方案,第一设备发送的不同频率资源上的参考信号可以是通过不同的参考信号承载的,也可以是通过同一参考信号进行承载,无论采用哪种发送参考信号的方式,都可以使得终端设备接收到不同频率资源上的参考信号,从而使得终端设备可以根据不同频率资源上参考信号的相位测量结果确定出第一信息。Based on the above technical solution, the reference signals on different frequency resources sent by the first device may be carried by different reference signals, or carried by the same reference signal. No matter which method of sending the reference signal is adopted, it can make The terminal device receives the reference signals on different frequency resources, so that the terminal device can determine the first information according to phase measurement results of the reference signals on different frequency resources.
第三方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法应用于核心网设备,包括:接收来自终端设备的位置信息,该位置信息基于承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定;根据该位置信息确定离开角。In a third aspect, a communication method is provided, the method is applied to a core network device, including: receiving location information from a terminal device, where the location information is based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and carried in a The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined; and the departure angle is determined according to the position information.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; the first Phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据该第三相位和该第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据该第二相位和该第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据该第一相位、该第二相位、该第三相位和该第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一相位信息包括该第一相位;该第二相位信息包括该第二相位;该第三相位信息包括该第三相位;该第四相位信息包括该第四相位;该第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;该第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;该第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;该第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;该相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差为该第一相位与该第二相位的相位差;该第二相位差为该第三相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第三相位差为该第一相位与该第三相位的相位差;该第四相位差为该第二相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第一相位差的差值为该第一相位差与该第二相位差的差值;该第二相位差的差值为该第三相位差与该第四相位差的差值。Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase; the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value; the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
在一种可能的实现方式中,核心网设备还可以接收第一设备发送的定位辅助信息。In a possible implementation manner, the core network device may also receive the positioning assistance information sent by the first device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,核心网设备根据该位置信息和该定位辅助信息确定方向角,该方向角为离开角。In a possible implementation manner, the core network device determines a direction angle according to the location information and the positioning assistance information, where the direction angle is a departure angle.
基于上述方案,核心网设备可以接收来自终端设备的位置信息,并且该位置信息是根据不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定的,因此,核心网设备可以根据该位置信息得到唯一的离开角,从而可以解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above solution, the core network equipment can receive the location information from the terminal equipment, and the location information is determined according to the phase measurement results of the reference signals on different frequency resources. angle, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
第四方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法应用于核心网设备,包括:接收来自终端设备的位置信息,该位置信息基于承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定,该位置信息用于确定离开角;向接入 网设备发送该位置信息。In a fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, the method is applied to a core network device, including: receiving location information from a terminal device, where the location information is based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and carried on a The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined, and the location information is used to determine the departure angle; and the location information is sent to the access network device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; the first Phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据该第三相位和该第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据该第二相位和该第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据该第一相位、该第二相位、该第三相位和该第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一相位信息包括该第一相位;该第二相位信息包括该第二相位;该第三相位信息包括该第三相位;该第四相位信息包括该第四相位;该第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;该第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;该第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;该第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;该相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差为该第一相位与该第二相位的相位差;该第二相位差为该第三相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第三相位差为该第一相位与该第三相位的相位差;该第四相位差为该第二相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第一相位差的差值为该第一相位差与该第二相位差的差值;该第二相位差的差值为该第三相位差与该第四相位差的差值。Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase; the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value; the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
基于上述技术方案,核心网设备可以向第一设备转发来自终端设备的位置信息,使得第一设备以根据该位置信息得到唯一的方向角,从而可以解决测角模糊的问题。Based on the above technical solution, the core network device can forward the location information from the terminal device to the first device, so that the first device can obtain a unique direction angle based on the location information, thereby solving the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
第五方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:接收单元和发送单元。该接收单元用于:接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号,该第一频率资源和该第二频率资源不同;该发送单元用于:发送第一信息,该第一信息用于指示方向角,该第一信息基于该承载在该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和该承载在该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定。In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a receiving unit and a sending unit. The receiving unit is used for: receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the first frequency resource is different from the second frequency resource; the sending unit is used for: sending the first information, the second frequency resource A piece of information is used to indicate a direction angle, and the first information is determined based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备包括第一天线和第二天线;该接收单元还用于:通过该第一天线接收该承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号;通过该第二天线接收该承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the terminal device includes a first antenna and a second antenna; the receiving unit is further configured to: receive the bearer on the first frequency resource and the A reference signal on the second frequency resource: receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource through the second antenna.
该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,该第一相位是该第一天线接收到的该第一频率资源的参考信号的相位,该第二相位是该第二天线接收到的该第一频率资源的参考信号的相位;该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,该第三相位是该第一天线接收到的该第二频率资源的参考信号的相位,该第四相位是该第二天线接收到的该第二频率资源的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the first phase is received by the first antenna. The second phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the second antenna; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:接收请求消息,该请求消息包括以下至少一项:第一频率信息、参考信号的发送方式信息、位置信息包括的内容的类型,该第一频率信息用于指示可选的参考信号的频率;该发送单元还用于:根据该第一频率信息发送第二信息,该第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端设备请求的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a request message, where the request message includes at least one of the following: first frequency information, reference signal transmission mode information, location information The type of content included, the first frequency information is used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal; the sending unit is also used to: send second information according to the first frequency information, and the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following Item: the frequency of the reference signal requested by the terminal device, the transmission method of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:接收针对该第二信息的响应消息,该响应消息用于指示以下至少一项:配置的参考信号的频率、参考信号 的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal , the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:接收第一端口发送的该第一频率资源上的参考信号和第二端口发送的该第一频率资源上的参考信号;接收第三端口发送的该第二频率资源上的参考信号和第四端口发送的该第二频率资源上的参考信号。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and a reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port receiving the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,该第一相位是接收到的该第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,该第二相位是接收到的该第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,该第三相位是接收到的该第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,该第四相位是接收到的该第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, where the first phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port, The second phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, The third phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port, and the fourth phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:接收第二信息,该第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一设备请求的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: receive second information, where the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the reference signal requested by the first device, The transmission method of the reference signal and the type of content included in the location information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:发送针对该第二信息的响应消息,该响应消息用于指示以下至少一项:配置的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal , the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:发送请求消息,该请求消息用于请求第一设备发送该第二信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send a request message, where the request message is used to request the first device to send the second information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括位置信息,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first information includes location information, and the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据该第三相位和该第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据该第二相位和该第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据该第一相位、该第二相位、该第三相位和该第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息还包括定位辅助信息,该定位辅助信息用于指示天线的相对位置。In a possible implementation manner, the first information further includes positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the antennas.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括方向角,该方向角为到达角或离开角,该方向角是根据该位置信息确定的,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first information includes a direction angle, where the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure, and the direction angle is determined according to the position information, and the position information is used for Indicating at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information ; Difference information of phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据该第三相位和该第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据该第二相位和该第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据该第一相位、该第二相位、该第三相位和该第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括处理单元,该处理单元用于:根据位置信息和定位辅助信息确定方向角,该方向角为到达角或离开角,该定位辅助信息用于指示终端设备天线的相对位置。In a possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a processing unit, configured to: determine a direction angle according to position information and positioning assistance information, where the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure, and the positioning assistance information is used for Indicates the relative position of the antenna of the end device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一相位信息包括该第一相位;该第二相位信息包括该第二相位;该第三相位信息包括该第三相位;该第四相位信息包括该第四相位;该第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;该第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;该第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;该第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;该相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差为该第一相位与该第二相位的相位差;该第二相位差为该第三相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第三相位差为该第一相位与该第三相位的相位差;该第四相位差为该第二相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第一相位差的差值为该第一相位差与该第二相位差的差值;该第二相位差的差值为该第三相位差与该第四相位差的差值。Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase; the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value; the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:接收第一参考信号,该第一参考信号承载在该第一频率资源上;接收第二参考信号,该第二参考信号承载在该第二频率资源上。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a first reference signal, where the first reference signal is carried on the first frequency resource; receive a second reference signal, where the The second reference signal is carried on the second frequency resource.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:接收第一参考信号,该第一参考信号由该第一频率资源和该第二频率资源共同承载。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a first reference signal, where the first reference signal is jointly carried by the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource.
其中第五方面所述的通信装置的有益效果可以参考第一方面方法的有益效果,在此不再赘述。The beneficial effects of the communication device described in the fifth aspect can refer to the beneficial effects of the method in the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第六方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:发送单元和接收单元。该发送单元用于:发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号,该第一频率资源和该第二频率资源不同;该接收单元用于:接收来自终端设备的第一信息,该第一信息用于指示方向角,该第一信息基于该承载在该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和该承载在该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定。According to a sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a sending unit and a receiving unit. The sending unit is used for: sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, the first frequency resource is different from the second frequency resource; the receiving unit is used for: receiving the first frequency resource from the terminal device information, the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, and the first information is based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource Sure.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号由第一天线和第二天线接收;该承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号由该第一天线和该第二天线接收。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource is received by the first antenna and the second antenna; the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource is received by the The first antenna and the second antenna receive.
该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,该第一相位对应该第一天线接收到的该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,该第二相位对应该第二天线接收到的该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,该第三相位对应该第一天线接收到的该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,该第四相位对应该第二天线接收到的该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, the The second phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the second antenna; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the first The three phases correspond to the phases of the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the fourth phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:分别通过该第一端口和该第二端口发送该第一频率资源上的参考信号;分别通过该第三端口和该第四端口发送该第二频率资源上的参考信号。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: respectively send the reference signal on the first frequency resource through the first port and the second port; The port and the fourth port send the reference signal on the second frequency resource.
该第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,该第一相位对应该第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,该第二相位对应该第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;该第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,该第三相位是该第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,该第四相位是该第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port, and the second The phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase is the The phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port, where the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:发送请求消息,该请求消息包括以下至少一项:第一频率信息、参考信号的发送方式信息、位置信息包括 的内容的类型,该第一频率信息用于指示可选的参考信号的频率;该接收单元还用于:接收第二信息,该第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:终端设备请求的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send a request message, where the request message includes at least one of the following: first frequency information, reference signal transmission mode information, location information The type of content included, the first frequency information is used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal; the receiving unit is also used to: receive second information, the second information is used to indicate at least one of the following: The frequency of the reference signal, the transmission method of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:发送针对该第二信息的响应消息,该响应消息用于指示以下至少一项:配置的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal , the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该参考信号携带标识信息,该标识信息用于标识该参考信号、发送该参考信号的天线或发送该参考信号的端口。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the reference signal carries identification information, and the identification information is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna for sending the reference signal, or a port for sending the reference signal.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一设备包括第一天线和第二天线,该第一端口发送的该第一频率资源上的参考信号以及该第三端口发送的该第二频率资源上的参考信号均是通过该第一天线发送的,该第二端口发送的该第一频率资源上的参考信号以及该第四端口发送的该第二频率资源上的参考信号均是通过该第二天线发送的。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the first device includes a first antenna and a second antenna, the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal sent by the third port The reference signals on the second frequency resource are all sent through the first antenna, the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port Signals are sent through the second antenna.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:根据第一频率信息,发送第二信息,该第一频率信息用于指示可选的参考信号的频率,该第二信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一设备请求的参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式信息、位置信息包括的内容的类型。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send second information according to first frequency information, where the first frequency information is used to indicate a frequency of an optional reference signal, The second information is used to indicate at least one of the following items: the frequency of the reference signal requested by the first device, information about the transmission manner of the reference signal, and a type of content included in the location information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:接收针对该第二信息的响应消息,该响应消息用于指示以下至少一项:配置的参考信号的频率、该参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a response message for the second information, where the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: the frequency of the configured reference signal , the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于:接收请求消息,该请求消息用于请求该第一设备发送该第二信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to: receive a request message, where the request message is used to request the first device to send the second information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括位置信息,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息;该通信装置还包括处理单元,该处理单元用于:根据该位置信息确定该方向角。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the first information includes position information, and the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and the fourth phase information; the first phase difference information and the second phase difference information; the third phase difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference; the communication device also includes a processing unit, which is used for : Determine the direction angle according to the location information.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据该第三相位和该第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据该第二相位和该第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据该第一相位、该第二相位、该第三相位和该第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一信息包括方向角,该方向角为到达角或离开角,该方向角是根据该位置信息确定的,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the first information includes a direction angle, the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure, and the direction angle is determined according to the position information, and the position information is used for Indicating at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information ; Difference information of phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据该第三相位和该第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据该第二相位和该第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据该第一相位、该第二相位、该第三相位和该第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一相位信息包括该第一相位;该第二相位信息包括该第二相位;该第三相位信息包括该第三相位;该第四相位信息包括该第四相位;该第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;该第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;该第 三相位差信息包括第三相位差;该第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;该相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差为该第一相位与该第二相位的相位差;该第二相位差为该第三相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第三相位差为该第一相位与该第三相位的相位差;该第四相位差为该第二相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第一相位差的差值为该第一相位差与该第二相位差的差值;该第二相位差的差值为该第三相位差与该第四相位差的差值。Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase; the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value; the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:发送承载在第一频率资源上的第一参考信号;发送承载在第二频率资源上的第二参考信号。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send the first reference signal carried on the first frequency resource; send the second reference signal carried on the second frequency resource .
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元还用于:发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的第一参考信号。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to: send the first reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource.
其中第六方面所述的通信装置的有益效果可以参考第二方面方法的有益效果,在此不再赘述。The beneficial effects of the communication device described in the sixth aspect can refer to the beneficial effects of the method in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第七方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:接收单元和处理单元。该接收单元用于:接收来自终端设备的位置信息,该位置信息基于承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定;该处理单元用于:根据该位置信息确定离开角。In a seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a receiving unit and a processing unit. The receiving unit is configured to: receive position information from a terminal device, where the position information is determined based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a second frequency resource; the The processing unit is used for: determining the departure angle according to the position information.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; the first Phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据该第三相位和该第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据该第二相位和该第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据该第一相位、该第二相位、该第三相位和该第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该第一相位信息包括该第一相位;该第二相位信息包括该第二相位;该第三相位信息包括该第三相位;该第四相位信息包括该第四相位;该第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;该第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;该第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;该第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;该相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差为该第一相位与该第二相位的相位差;该第二相位差为该第三相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第三相位差为该第一相位与该第三相位的相位差;该第四相位差为该第二相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第一相位差的差值为该第一相位差与该第二相位差的差值;该第二相位差的差值为该第三相位差与该第四相位差的差值。Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase; the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value; the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
其中第七方面所述的通信装置的有益效果可以参考第三方面方法的有益效果,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the communication device described in the seventh aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects of the method in the third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:接收单元和发送单元。该接收单元用于:接收来自终端设备的位置信息,该位置信息基于承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定,该位置信息用于确定离开角;该发送单元用于:向接入网设备发送该位置信息。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a receiving unit and a sending unit. The receiving unit is configured to: receive position information from a terminal device, the position information is determined based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a second frequency resource, the The location information is used to determine the departure angle; the sending unit is used to: send the location information to the access network device.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二 相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; the first Phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information.
其中,该第一相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第二相位得到的,该第二相位差信息是根据该第三相位和该第四相位得到的,该第三相位差信息是根据该第一相位和该第三相位得到的,该第四相位差信息是根据该第二相位和该第四相位得到的,该相位差的差值信息是根据该第一相位、该第二相位、该第三相位和该第四相位得到的。Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to The first phase and the third phase are obtained, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase , the third phase and the fourth phase are obtained.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该第一相位信息包括该第一相位;该第二相位信息包括该第二相位;该第三相位信息包括该第三相位;该第四相位信息包括该第四相位;该第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;该第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;该第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;该第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;该相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the The fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase The difference information includes a fourth phase difference; the difference information of the phase difference includes a difference of the first phase difference or a difference of the second phase difference.
其中,该第一相位差为该第一相位与该第二相位的相位差;该第二相位差为该第三相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第三相位差为该第一相位与该第三相位的相位差;该第四相位差为该第二相位与该第四相位的相位差;该第一相位差的差值为该第一相位差与该第二相位差的差值;该第二相位差的差值为该第三相位差与该第四相位差的差值。Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the first phase The phase difference with the third phase; the fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference value; the difference between the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
其中第八方面所述通信装置的有益效果可以参考第四方面方法的有益效果,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the communication device in the eighth aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects of the method in the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
第九方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器,该处理器与存储器耦合,该存储器用于存储程序或指令,当该程序或指令被该处理器执行时,使得该通信装置实现上述第一方面至第四方面中任一可能的实现方式的方法。In the ninth aspect, there is provided a communication device, including: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the communication device realizes the above-mentioned A method of any possible implementation manner in the first aspect to the fourth aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种芯片,该芯片包括处理器,用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行上述第一方面至第四方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。In a tenth aspect, a chip is provided, the chip includes a processor, the memory for storing computer programs is provided independently of the chip, and the processor is used for executing the computer programs stored in the memory to perform the first to fourth aspects above methods in any possible implementation of .
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面至第四方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program product is provided, and the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute any one of the possibilities in the first aspect to the fourth aspect above. method in the implementation.
第十二方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令被执行时,实现上述第一方面至第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and a computer program or instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer program or instruction is executed, any of the above-mentioned first to fourth aspects can be realized. A method in one possible implementation.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括终端设备和第一设备,其中,所述终端设备用于执行上述第一方面中的任一可能的实现方式的方法;或者,所述第一设备用于执行上述第二方面的中任一可能的实现方式的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, and the communication system includes a terminal device and a first device, where the terminal device is configured to perform the method in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect above; or, the The first device is configured to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect above.
第十四方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括终端设备、第一设备和核心网设备,其中,所述终端设备用于执行上述第一方面中的任一可能的实现方式的方法;或者,所述第一设备用于执行上述第二方面的中任一可能的实现方式的方法;或者,所述核心网设备用于执行上述第三方面的中任一可能的实现方式的方法或所述核心网设备用于执行上述第四方面的中任一可能的实现方式的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, the communication system includes a terminal device, a first device, and a core network device, wherein the terminal device is configured to perform the method in any possible implementation manner in the first aspect above or, the first device is configured to execute the method of any possible implementation of the second aspect above; or, the core network device is configured to execute the method of any possible implementation of the third aspect above Or the core network device is configured to execute the method in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing fourth aspect.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括终端设备和第一设备,其中,所述终端设备包括上述第五方面中的任一可能的实现方式的通信装置;或者,所述第一设备包括上述第六方面的中任一可能的实现方式的通信装置。A fifteenth aspect provides a communication system, the communication system includes a terminal device and a first device, wherein the terminal device includes the communication device in any possible implementation manner in the fifth aspect above; or, the The first device includes the communication apparatus in any possible implementation manner of the foregoing sixth aspect.
第十六方面,提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括终端设备、第一设备和核心网设 备,其中,所述终端设备包括上述第五方面中的任一可能的实现方式的通信装置;或者,所述第一设备包括上述第六方面的中任一可能的实现方式的通信装置;或者,所述核心网设备包括上述第七方面的中任一可能的实现方式的通信装置或所述核心网设备包括上述第八方面的中任一可能的实现方式的通信装置。In a sixteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, where the communication system includes a terminal device, a first device, and a core network device, where the terminal device includes the communication device in any possible implementation manner in the fifth aspect above; Alternatively, the first device includes the communication device in any possible implementation of the sixth aspect above; or, the core network device includes the communication device in any possible implementation of the seventh aspect above or the communication device in any possible implementation of the seventh aspect. The core network equipment includes the communication apparatus in any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect above.
可以理解的是,上述提供的任一种通信装置、芯片、计算机程序产品、计算机可读存储介质或通信系统等均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It can be understood that any communication device, chip, computer program product, computer-readable storage medium, or communication system provided above can be used to implement the corresponding method provided above. Therefore, the benefits it can achieve For the effect, please refer to the beneficial effect in the corresponding method, which will not be repeated here.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请涉及的应用场景示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario involved in this application.
图2是本申请涉及的另一应用场景示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario involved in this application.
图3是多天线设备传输参考信号示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of transmission of reference signals by a multi-antenna device.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13是是本申请实施例提供一种通信装置示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图14是是本申请实施例提供一种通信装置示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。另外,在本申请的实施例中,“第一”、“第二”以及各种数字编号只是为了描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。下文各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外,在本申请实施例中,“701”、“801”、“901”等字样仅为了描述方便作出的标识,并不是对执行步骤的次序进行限定。In this application, "at least one" means one or more, and "multiple" means two or more. In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, "first", "second" and various numbers are only for the convenience of description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. The sequence numbers of the processes below do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiment of the present application. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, words such as "701", "801", and "901" are only identified for convenience of description, and do not limit the sequence of execution steps.
在本申请中,“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。当描述某一指示信息用于指示A时,可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A,而并不代表该指示信息中一定携带有A。在本申请实施例中,“当……时”、“在……的情况下”、“若”以及“如果”等描述均指在某种客观情况下设备会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求设备在实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。In the present application, "for indicating" may include both for direct indicating and for indirect indicating. When describing a certain indication information for indicating A, it may include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the indication information. In the embodiment of this application, descriptions such as "when", "in the case of ...", "if" and "if" all mean that the device will make corresponding processing under certain objective circumstances, not The time is limited, and the device is not required to make judgments when it is implemented, nor does it mean that there are other restrictions.
需要说明的是,本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以 具体方式呈现相关概念。It should be noted that, in this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiment or design described herein as "exemplary" or "for example" is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a specific manner.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统或新无线接入技术(new radio,NR),本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example: global system of mobile communication (global system of mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) Communication System, Fifth Generation (5G) Mobile communication system or new radio access technology (new radio, NR), the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
本申请的实施例可以应用于终端设备。终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等;可以是车联网通信中的设备,例如车辆上载的通信终端、路边单元(road side unit,RSU);可以是无人机上载有的通信终端;还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备。终端设备也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The embodiments of the present application can be applied to terminal devices. A terminal device can be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to users, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle device, etc.; it can be a device in the communication of the Internet of Vehicles, such as a communication terminal on a vehicle, a roadside device, etc. The road side unit (RSU) can be a communication terminal carried on a UAV; it can also be a terminal device in an Internet of Things (IoT) system. Terminal equipment may also be called user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
示例性的,终端设备包括但不限于:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对终端设备的具体形式不作限定。Exemplarily, the terminal device includes but is not limited to: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device , augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals in grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol ( session initiation protocol (SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, computing device, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem Devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in a 5G network or terminal devices in a future evolving public land mobile network (PLMN), etc., the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific form of the terminal devices.
本申请实施例中的技术方案还可以应用于接入网设备。接入网设备可以是能够将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备。该接入网设备还可以称为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点、无线接入网设备、网络设备。示例性的,该接入网设备可以是基站。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to access network equipment. The access network device may be a device capable of connecting a terminal device to a wireless network. The access network device may also be called a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node, radio access network device, or network device. Exemplarily, the access network device may be a base station.
本申请实施例中的基站可以广义的覆盖如下中的各种名称,或与如下名称进行替换,比如:节点B(NodeB)、演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)、下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、中继站、接入点、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、主站(master eNodeB,MeNB)、辅站(secondary eNodeB,SeNB)、多制式无线(multi standard radio,MSR)节点、家庭基站、网络控制器、接入节点、无线节点、接入点(access point,AP)、传输节点、收发节点、基带单元(base band unit,BBU)、射频拉远单元(remote radio unit,RRU)、有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)、射频头(remote radio head,RRH)、中心单元(central unit,CU)、分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)、定位节点等。基站可以是宏基站、微基站、中继节点、施主 节点或类似物,或其组合。基站还可以指用于设置于前述设备或装置内的通信模块、调制解调器或芯片。基站还可以是6G网络中的网络侧设备、未来的通信系统中承担基站功能的设备等。基站可以支持相同或不同接入技术的网络。The base station in the embodiment of the present application can broadly cover various names in the following, or replace with the following names, such as: node B (NodeB), evolved base station (evolved NodeB, eNB), next generation base station (next generation NodeB) , gNB), relay station, access point, transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), master station (master eNodeB, MeNB), secondary station (secondary eNodeB, SeNB), multi-standard Wireless (multi standard radio, MSR) node, home base station, network controller, access node, wireless node, access point (access point, AP), transmission node, transceiver node, base band unit (BBU), Remote radio unit (RRU), active antenna unit (AAU), radio head (remote radio head, RRH), central unit (central unit, CU), distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), positioning nodes, etc. A base station may be a macro base station, a micro base station, a relay node, a donor node or the like, or a combination thereof. A base station may also refer to a communication module, modem or chip used to be set in the aforementioned equipment or device. The base station can also be a network-side device in a 6G network, a device that assumes the function of a base station in a future communication system, and the like. Base stations can support networks of the same or different access technologies.
基站可以是固定的,也可以是移动的。例如,直升机或无人机可以被配置成充当移动基站,一个或多个小区可以根据该移动基站的位置移动。在其他示例中,直升机或无人机可以被配置成用作与另一基站通信的设备。Base stations can be fixed or mobile. For example, a helicopter or drone can be configured to act as a mobile base station, and one or more cells can move according to the location of the mobile base station. In other examples, a helicopter or drone may be configured to serve as a device in communication with another base station.
本申请的实施例对接入网设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不作限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific equipment form adopted by the access network equipment.
为便于理解本申请实施例,首先,以图1和图2为例,对本申请实施例适用的应用场景进行说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiment of the present application, firstly, the applicable application scenarios of the embodiment of the present application are described by taking FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 as examples.
图1是本申请涉及的应用场景100的示意图。如图1所示,应用场景100可以包括两个终端设备,例如图1中的终端设备110和终端设备120。应用场景100主要涉及的是sidelink定位场景,在该场景下,终端设备110和终端设备120可以通过直连通信的方式确定方向角,从而完成相对定位或者绝对定位。当终端设备110和终端设备120的位置均不可知时,终端设备110和终端设备120可以通过直连通信的方式确定方向角,从而实现相对定位;当已知终端设备110的绝对位置或者终端设备120的绝对位置时,终端设备110和终端设备120可以通过直连通信的方式确定方向角,从而实现绝对定位。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario 100 involved in the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , an application scenario 100 may include two terminal devices, for example, terminal device 110 and terminal device 120 in FIG. 1 . The application scenario 100 mainly involves a sidelink positioning scenario. In this scenario, the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 can determine the direction angle through direct communication, so as to complete relative positioning or absolute positioning. When the positions of the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 are unknown, the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 can determine the direction angle through direct communication, thereby realizing relative positioning; when the absolute position of the terminal device 110 is known or the terminal device 120 120, the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 can determine the direction angle through direct communication, thereby realizing absolute positioning.
在本申请实施例中,方向角可以包括到达角(angle of arrival,AoA)和离开角(angle of departure,AOD),其中,AOA可以理解为单天线发射的信号入射到天线阵列上的相对方向角;AOD可以理解为天线阵列发射的信号入射到另一个天线的相对方向角。In the embodiment of the present application, the direction angle may include angle of arrival (AoA) and angle of departure (AOD), where AOA can be understood as the relative direction of the signal transmitted by a single antenna incident on the antenna array Angle; AOD can be understood as the relative direction angle of the signal emitted by the antenna array incident on another antenna.
需要说明的是,终端设备110和终端设备120可以具有多个天线,且终端设备110和终端设备120可以在多个天线上接收或发送参考信号。It should be noted that the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 may have multiple antennas, and the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 may receive or send reference signals on the multiple antennas.
图2是本申请涉及的应用场景200的示意图。如图2所示,应用场景200可以包括终端设备210、接入网设备220、接入网设备230和核心网设备240,且终端设备210能够与接入网设备220或接入网设备230进行信令交互。应用场景200主要涉及的是NR定位场景,在该场景下,接入网设备220和接入网设备230的位置一般是已知的。因此,接入网设备220和接入网设备230可以作为锚点设备,用于确定终端设备210的位置,核心网设备240作为第三方设备,可以参与方向角的求解,位置信息的收发等。接入网设备220和接入网设备230可以具有多个天线,并且可以在多个天线上发送参考信号。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario 200 involved in the present application. As shown in FIG. 2 , the application scenario 200 may include a terminal device 210, an access network device 220, an access network device 230, and a core network device 240, and the terminal device 210 can communicate with the access network device 220 or the access network device 230. Signaling interaction. The application scenario 200 mainly involves the NR positioning scenario, and in this scenario, the locations of the access network device 220 and the access network device 230 are generally known. Therefore, the access network device 220 and the access network device 230 can be used as anchor devices to determine the location of the terminal device 210, and the core network device 240 can be used as a third-party device to participate in solving the orientation angle and sending and receiving location information. The access network device 220 and the access network device 230 may have multiple antennas, and may transmit reference signals on the multiple antennas.
需要说明的是,图2中接入网设备的个数仅为示例性说明,本申请还可以包括更多的接入网设备,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that the number of access network devices in FIG. 2 is only for illustration, and this application may also include more access network devices, which is not limited in this application.
应理解,图1和图2中各设备涉及的多个天线可以是设备上多个不同位置上的物理天线,也可以是设备上由某一个天线运动构成的虚拟天线,或者是二者的结合,本申请对此不作限定。此外,图1和图2所示的应用场景仅为示例性说明,不应对本申请产生任何限制。It should be understood that the multiple antennas involved in each device in Figure 1 and Figure 2 may be physical antennas at multiple different positions on the device, or virtual antennas formed by the movement of a certain antenna on the device, or a combination of the two , which is not limited in this application. In addition, the application scenarios shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are only exemplary illustrations, and should not impose any limitation on the present application.
图3示出了多天线设备传输参考信号示意图。例如,图3可以包括设备310和设备320。其中,设备310具有多个天线,设备310可以为图1中的终端设备110或终端设备120,设备310还可以为图2中的接入网设备220或接入网设备230。设备320可以具有多个天线,也可以只有一个天线,设备320可以为图1中的终端设备120或终端设备110,设备320还可以为图2中的终端设备210。需要说明的是,当设备320具有多个天线时,设备320应在同一个天线上接收或发送参考信号。Fig. 3 shows a schematic diagram of transmission of reference signals by a multi-antenna device. For example, FIG. 3 may include device 310 and device 320 . Wherein, the device 310 has multiple antennas, and the device 310 may be the terminal device 110 or the terminal device 120 in FIG. 1 , and the device 310 may also be the access network device 220 or the access network device 230 in FIG. 2 . The device 320 may have multiple antennas or only one antenna. The device 320 may be the terminal device 120 or the terminal device 110 in FIG. 1 , and the device 320 may also be the terminal device 210 in FIG. 2 . It should be noted that when the device 320 has multiple antennas, the device 320 should receive or send the reference signal on the same antenna.
如图3所示,设备310和设备320执行相对测角任务,其中设备310例如具有两个天线,标记为天线1和天线2,其天线间距为d。设备310的两个天线可以分别接收设备320发送的参考信号,假定参考信号是在频率资源f下发送的,天线1对应的相位测量值为
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000001
天线2对应的相位测量值为
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000002
相位测量值的理论计算公式如下:
As shown in FIG. 3 , a device 310 and a device 320 perform a relative angle measurement task, wherein the device 310 has, for example, two antennas, marked as antenna 1 and antenna 2 , and the distance between the antennas is d. The two antennas of the device 310 can receive the reference signal sent by the device 320 respectively. Assuming that the reference signal is sent under the frequency resource f, the phase measurement corresponding to the antenna 1 is
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000001
The phase measurement corresponding to antenna 2 is
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000002
The theoretical calculation formula of the phase measurement value is as follows:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000004
其中,f为信号频率,r 1为设备320到设备310的天线1的距离,r 2为设备320到设备310的天线2的距离,c为参考信号传播速度,Δt为设备310和设备320之间的时间同步误差,θ 1为设备310的参考信号的初始相位,θ 2为设备320的参考信号初始相位,mod 2π表示对2π取余。 Where, f is the signal frequency, r1 is the distance from device 320 to antenna 1 of device 310, r2 is the distance from device 320 to antenna 2 of device 310, c is the reference signal propagation speed, Δt is the distance between device 310 and device 320 θ 1 is the initial phase of the reference signal of device 310, θ 2 is the initial phase of the reference signal of device 320, and mod 2π means taking the remainder of 2π.
将公式2和公式1相减,可知天线1和天线2之间的相位差为:Subtracting Equation 2 and Equation 1, we can see that the phase difference between antenna 1 and antenna 2 is:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000005
一般来说,设备310和设备320之间的距离远远大于设备310上天线孔径的大小。因此,对于设备310的天线而言,可以将设备310和设备320之间的参考信号假定为平行波,其方向角用θ表示,那么r 2-r 1=d cosθ。据此,公式3可写为: Generally, the distance between device 310 and device 320 is much greater than the size of the antenna aperture on device 310 . Therefore, for the antenna of the device 310, the reference signal between the device 310 and the device 320 can be assumed to be a parallel wave, and its direction angle is represented by θ, then r 2 −r 1 =d cosθ. Accordingly, Equation 3 can be written as:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000006
展开公式4中的mod 2π,可得:Expand mod 2π in Equation 4 to get:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000007
其中k为整数。进一步,可得:where k is an integer. Further, we can get:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000008
当两天线之间的距离d小于半波长时,即
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000009
相位差
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000010
取值范围为[0,2π],
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000011
的取值范围为
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000012
公式6中的k只能取得一个值,也就是说d cosθ可取得唯一值,这样所得到的方向角θ可以取得唯一值,不存在测角模糊的问题。
When the distance d between the two antennas is less than half the wavelength, that is
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000009
phase difference
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000010
The value range is [0,2π],
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000011
The range of values is
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000012
The k in formula 6 can only take one value, that is to say, d cosθ can take a unique value, so that the obtained direction angle θ can take a unique value, and there is no problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
而当两天线之间的距离大于等于半波长时,即
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000013
公式6中的k的取值可能不唯一。这意味着,d cosθ取值可能不唯一,这样所得到的方向角θ可以取得多个值,即存在测角模糊性的问题。例如,当
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000014
即设备310的两天线间距为一个波长时,k就有两种取值,k取0或者1,这两种取值都能得到一个方向角的计算结果,也就是说有两种可能的角度值符合测量结果,即出现了测角模糊问题。
And when the distance between the two antennas is greater than or equal to half the wavelength, that is
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000013
The value of k in Formula 6 may not be unique. This means that the value of d cosθ may not be unique, so that the obtained direction angle θ can take multiple values, that is, there is a problem of ambiguity in angle measurement. For example, when
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000014
That is, when the distance between the two antennas of the device 310 is one wavelength, k has two values, k is 0 or 1, and both values can obtain a calculation result of a direction angle, that is to say, there are two possible angles The values agree with the measurement results, i.e. the problem of goniometric ambiguity occurs.
由此可知,设备310通过两个天线接收同一频率资源下的参考信号,其天线间距d小于半波长
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000015
的情况下,能够确定方向角的唯一值;而当其天线间距d大于等于半波长
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000016
时,则确定的方向角不唯一,可能会出现测角模糊的问题。
It can be seen that the device 310 receives the reference signal under the same frequency resource through two antennas, and the distance d between the antennas is less than half a wavelength
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000015
In the case of , the unique value of the direction angle can be determined; and when the antenna spacing d is greater than or equal to half the wavelength
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000016
When , the determined direction angle is not unique, and the problem of angle measurement ambiguity may occur.
在现有协议当中,在NR定位场景下,为了解决该测角模糊的问题,基站通过上报多 个可能的角度测量结果给LMF,由LMF综合多个基站的角度测量结果,利用一些后处理算法排除错误的角度测量结果,确定最终的方向角。但是,当基站数量较少时(例如2个),该方法无法排除掉错误的方向角,即也无法解决测角模糊的问题。此外,现有协议中也未涉及在sidelink定位场景下如何解决测角模糊的问题。In the existing protocol, in the NR positioning scenario, in order to solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement, the base station reports multiple possible angle measurement results to the LMF, and the LMF synthesizes the angle measurement results of multiple base stations and uses some post-processing algorithms Eliminate erroneous angle measurements and determine the final bearing angle. However, when the number of base stations is small (for example, 2), this method cannot eliminate wrong direction angles, that is, it cannot solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement. In addition, the existing protocol does not involve how to solve the problem of angle measurement ambiguity in the sidelink positioning scenario.
因此,本申请提出了一种通信方法,通过测量不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位信息,根据该相位信息能够确定唯一的方向角,从而能够解决测角模糊问题,尤其是能够解决当天线间距大于等于半波长时的测角模糊问题。Therefore, this application proposes a communication method. By measuring the phase information of reference signals on different frequency resources, a unique direction angle can be determined according to the phase information, so as to solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement, especially when the distance between antennas Angle measurement ambiguity at half wavelength or greater.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图4所示,该方法400涉及终端设备和第一设备之间的交互。As shown in FIG. 4, the method 400 involves interaction between a terminal device and a first device.
在一个示例中,若该方法400应用于sidelink定位场景,该第一设备可以为终端设备。In an example, if the method 400 is applied to a sidelink positioning scenario, the first device may be a terminal device.
例如,若该方法400应用于如图1所示的sidelink定位场景,终端设备可以为图1中所示的终端设备110,第一设备可以为图1中所示的终端设备120。For example, if the method 400 is applied to the sidelink positioning scenario shown in FIG. 1 , the terminal device may be the terminal device 110 shown in FIG. 1 , and the first device may be the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1 .
又例如,若该方法400应用于如图1所示的sidelink定位场景,终端设备可以为图1中所示的终端设备120,第一设备可以为图1中所示的终端设备110。For another example, if the method 400 is applied to the sidelink positioning scenario shown in FIG. 1 , the terminal device may be the terminal device 120 shown in FIG. 1 , and the first device may be the terminal device 110 shown in FIG. 1 .
在另一个示例中,若该方法400应用于NR定位场景,第一设备可以为接入网设备。In another example, if the method 400 is applied to an NR positioning scenario, the first device may be an access network device.
例如,若该方法400应用于如图2所示的NR定位场景,终端设备可以为图2中的终端设备210,第一设备可以为图2中所示的接入网设备220或接入网设备230。For example, if the method 400 is applied to the NR positioning scenario shown in FIG. 2, the terminal device may be the terminal device 210 in FIG. 2, and the first device may be the access network device 220 or the access network device 220 shown in FIG. device 230 .
例如,图4所示的方法400可以包括S401和S402,下面详细说明该方法400中的各个步骤。For example, the method 400 shown in FIG. 4 may include S401 and S402, and each step in the method 400 will be described in detail below.
S401,第一设备在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号。相对应地,终端设备接收多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号。S401. The first device sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives multiple reference signals on different frequency resources.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备可以为单天线的终端设备,也可以为多天线的终端设备,当第一设备为多天线终端设备时,第一设备通过同一个天线发送承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号。相对应地,终端设备在多个天线上接收承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号。In a possible implementation manner, the first device may be a single-antenna terminal device or a multi-antenna terminal device. When the first device is a multi-antenna terminal device, the first device transmits the Reference signals on multiple different frequency resources. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources on multiple antennas.
示例性的,终端设备包括第一天线和第二天线,并且该终端设备可以通过第一天线接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号,以及通过第二天线接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号,从而可以确定第一相位、第二相位、第三相位和第四相位。其中,第一相位是第一天线接收到的第一频率资源的参考信号的相位,第二相位是第二天线接收到的第一频率资源的参考信号的相位。第三相位是第一天线接收到的第二频率资源的参考信号的相位,第四相位是第二天线接收到的第二频率资源的参考信号的相位。Exemplarily, the terminal device includes a first antenna and a second antenna, and the terminal device can receive the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource through the first antenna, and receive the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource through the second antenna. Reference signals on the first frequency resource and on the second frequency resource, so that the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase can be determined. Wherein, the first phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the second phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the second antenna. The third phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一设备可以为具有多个天线的终端设备,也可以为具有多个天线的接入网设备,并且该多个天线中的每个天线均可以对应相应的端口。第一设备可以通过多个天线发送承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号,相对应地,终端设备可以接收通过不同天线发送的承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号。也可以理解为,第一设备可以通过多个端口发送承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号,相对应地,终端设备可以接收通过不同端口发送的承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号。In another possible implementation manner, the first device may be a terminal device with multiple antennas, or an access network device with multiple antennas, and each of the multiple antennas may correspond to a corresponding port. The first device may send reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas, and correspondingly, the terminal device may receive reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources sent through different antennas. It can also be understood that the first device may send reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through multiple ports, and correspondingly, the terminal device may receive reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through different ports. reference signal.
需要说明的是,终端设备可以为单天线设备并且只在一个天线上接收参考信号;终端设备也可以是具有多个天线的终端设备并且可以在多个天线上接收参考信号。It should be noted that the terminal device may be a single-antenna device and receive the reference signal on only one antenna; the terminal device may also be a terminal device with multiple antennas and receive the reference signal on multiple antennas.
示例性的,第一设备分别通过第一端口和第二端口发送第一频率资源上的参考信号;分别通过第三端口和第四端口发送第二频率资源上的参考信号。相对应地,终端设备接收第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号和第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号;接收第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号和第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号,从而可以确定第一相位、第二相位、第三相位和第四相位。其中,第一相位是接收到的第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,第二相位是接收到的第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;第三相位是接收到的第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,第四相位是接收到的第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。Exemplarily, the first device sends the reference signal on the first frequency resource through the first port and the second port respectively; and sends the reference signal on the second frequency resource through the third port and the fourth port respectively. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; receives the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port and The reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port can determine the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase. Wherein, the first phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port, and the second phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; the third The phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port, and the fourth phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
可选地,参考信号可以携带标识信息,该标识信息用于标识参考信号、发送参考信号的天线或发送参考信号的端口。Optionally, the reference signal may carry identification information, where the identification information is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna for sending the reference signal, or a port for sending the reference signal.
需要说明的是,第一设备在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号,该参考信号可以分别承载在多个不同的频率资源上,也可以由多个不同的频率资源共同承载。也就是说,终端设备可以接收多个不同的参考信号,多个不同的参考信号承载在多个不同的频率资源上;终端设备也可以接收一个参考信号,该一个参考信号可以由多个不同的频率资源共同承载。It should be noted that the first device sends the reference signal on multiple different frequency resources, and the reference signal may be respectively carried on the multiple different frequency resources, or may be jointly carried by the multiple different frequency resources. That is to say, the terminal device can receive multiple different reference signals, and the multiple different reference signals are carried on multiple different frequency resources; the terminal device can also receive one reference signal, and the one reference signal can be composed of multiple different frequency resources. Frequency resources are jointly carried.
示例性的,第一设备可以发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号,终端设备可以接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号。也就是说,终端设备可以分别接收第一参考信号和第二参考信号,该第一参考信号承载在第一频率资源上,该第二参考信号承载在第二频率资源上;终端设备也可以接收第一参考信号,该第一参考信号由第一频率资源和第二频率资源共同承载。Exemplarily, the first device may send reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource, and the terminal device may receive the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource. That is to say, the terminal device can respectively receive the first reference signal and the second reference signal, the first reference signal is carried on the first frequency resource, and the second reference signal is carried on the second frequency resource; the terminal device can also receive A first reference signal, where the first reference signal is jointly carried by the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,频率资源可以指的是资源元素(resource element,RE)级别的频率资源,或者指的是部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP)级别的频率资源,或者指的是分量载波(component carrier,CC)级别的频率资源,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that in this embodiment of the application, frequency resources may refer to frequency resources at the resource element (resource element, RE) level, or to frequency resources at the part bandwidth (bandwidth part, BWP) level, or to The frequency resources at the component carrier (component carrier, CC) level are not limited in this application.
S402,终端设备发送第一信息。相对应地,第一设备接收来自终端设备的第一信息。S402. The terminal device sends first information. Correspondingly, the first device receives first information from the terminal device.
第一信息可以用于指示方向角。应理解,该第一信息可以直接指示方向角,即该第一信息为方向角,或者,该第一信息可以间接指示方向角,即该第一信息中携带确定方向角的信息(例如,位置信息)。The first information may be used to indicate a direction angle. It should be understood that the first information may directly indicate the direction angle, that is, the first information is the direction angle, or the first information may indirectly indicate the direction angle, that is, the first information carries information for determining the direction angle (for example, position information).
该第一信息可以基于承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号和承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号确定。更进一步地,该第一信息可以基于承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定。The first information may be determined based on a reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and a reference signal carried on the second frequency resource. Furthermore, the first information may be determined based on a phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and a phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource.
可选地,第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,第一相位是第一天线接收到的第一频率资源的参考信号的相位,第二相位是第二天线接收到的第一频率资源的参考信号的相位;第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,第三相位是第一天线接收到的第二频率资源的参考信号的相位,第四相位是第二天线接收到的第二频率资源的参考信号的相位。Optionally, the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, and the second The phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the second antenna; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase is the phase received by the first antenna The phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource is received, and the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
可选地,第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,第一相位是接收到的第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,第二相位是接收到的第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,第三相位是接收到的第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,第四相位是接收到的第四端口发送的第二频率资源上 的参考信号的相位。Optionally, the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, and the first phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port , the second phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource transmitted by the second port; the phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third The phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port, and the fourth phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
在一个示例中,第一信息可以包括位置信息和定位辅助信息,该定位辅助信息用于指示终端设备的第一天线和第二天线的相对位置。该部分涉及的具体内容可以参见下文图5中的实施例进行详细阐述,在此不再赘述。In an example, the first information may include position information and positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna of the terminal device. The specific content involved in this part can be described in detail with reference to the embodiment in FIG. 5 below, and will not be repeated here.
在一个示例中,第一信息可以为方向角,且该方向角可以为到达角,该部分涉及的具体内容可以参见下文图6中的实施例进行详细阐述,在此不再赘述。In an example, the first information may be a direction angle, and the direction angle may be an arrival angle. The specific content involved in this part may be described in detail with reference to the embodiment in FIG. 6 below, and will not be repeated here.
在一个示例中,第一信息可以包括位置信息,第一设备可以根据接收到的位置信息和自身的定位辅助信息确定方向角,且该方向角为离开角,该定位辅助信息用于指示第一设备的第一天线和第二天线的相对位置。该部分涉及的具体内容可以参见下文图7、图9、图10中的实施例进行详细阐述,在此不再赘述。In an example, the first information may include location information, and the first device may determine a direction angle according to the received location information and its own positioning assistance information, and the direction angle is a departure angle, and the positioning assistance information is used to indicate that the first device The relative position of the device's first and second antennas. The specific content involved in this part can be described in detail with reference to the embodiments in FIG. 7 , FIG. 9 , and FIG. 10 below, and will not be repeated here.
可选地,终端设备可以向第一设备发送位置信息,即第一信息包括位置信息,第一设备可以根据该位置信息和自身的定位辅助信息确定方向角,该方向角即为离开角,该定位辅助信息用于指示第一设备天线的相对位置。Optionally, the terminal device may send location information to the first device, that is, the first information includes location information, and the first device may determine a direction angle according to the location information and its own positioning assistance information, and the direction angle is the departure angle. The positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the first device.
若第一设备为终端设备,则终端设备可以直接向第一设备发送位置信息。即终端设备和第一设备之间直接进行通信。If the first device is a terminal device, the terminal device may directly send location information to the first device. That is, communication is directly performed between the terminal device and the first device.
若第一设备为接入网设备,则终端设备可以通过核心网设备向接入网设备发送位置信息。即终端设备先将位置信息发送给核心网设备,核心网设备再将该位置信息转发给第一设备。If the first device is an access network device, the terminal device may send location information to the access network device through the core network device. That is, the terminal device first sends the location information to the core network device, and then the core network device forwards the location information to the first device.
在一个示例中,第一信息可以为方向角,且该方向角可以为离开角,该部分涉及的具体内容将结合图8中的实施例进行详细阐述,在此不再赘述。In an example, the first information may be a direction angle, and the direction angle may be a departure angle. The specific content involved in this part will be described in detail in conjunction with the embodiment in FIG. 8 , and will not be repeated here.
可选地,终端设备可以在发送第一信息之前接收第一设备发送的定位辅助信息,该定位辅助信息用于指示第一设备天线的相对位置。终端设备可以根据该位置信息和该定位辅助信息确定方向角,该方向角即为离开角,并将该离开角发送给第一设备,即第一信息包括离开角。Optionally, the terminal device may receive positioning assistance information sent by the first device before sending the first information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the first device. The terminal device may determine a direction angle according to the location information and the positioning assistance information, and the direction angle is the departure angle, and send the departure angle to the first device, that is, the first information includes the departure angle.
应理解,位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。其中,第一相位差信息是根据第一相位和第二相位得到的,第二相位差信息是根据第三相位和第四相位得到的,第三相位差信息是根据第一相位和第三相位得到的,第四相位差信息是根据第二相位和第四相位得到的,相位差的差值信息是根据第一相位、第二相位、第三相位和第四相位得到的。It should be understood that the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; difference information of phase difference. Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase Thus, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the phase difference difference information is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
进一步地,第一相位信息包括第一相位;第二相位信息包括第二相位;第三相位信息包括第三相位;第四相位信息包括第四相位;第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。其中,第一相位差为第一相位与第二相位的相位差;第二相位差为第三相位与第四相位的相位差;第三相位差为第一相位与第三相位的相位差;第四相位差为第二相位与第四相位的相位差;第一相位差的差值为第一相位差与第二相位差的差值;第二相位差的差值为第三相位差与第四相位差的差值。Further, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; The second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes the fourth phase difference; the difference value information of the phase difference includes the difference value of the first phase difference or the second phase difference The difference in phase difference. Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase; The fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference; the difference between the second phase difference is the third phase difference and The difference of the fourth phase difference.
作为示例而非限定,第一设备在两个频率资源上发送参考信号,对应的频率资源分别为f 1和f 2,则终端设备的两天线之间在这两个频率资源上的相位差分别为: As an example and not a limitation, the first device sends reference signals on two frequency resources, and the corresponding frequency resources are f 1 and f 2 respectively, then the phase differences between the two antennas of the terminal device on these two frequency resources are respectively for:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000018
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000018
将公式7和公式8相减,可得:Subtract Equation 7 and Equation 8 to get:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000019
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000019
展开公式9中的mod 2π,可得:Expand mod 2π in Equation 9 to get:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000020
进一步,可得:Further, we can get:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000021
当两天线之间的距离
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000022
时,即
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000023
相位差
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000024
取值范围为[0,2π],
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000025
的取值范围为
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000026
公式11中的k只能取得一个值,也就是说,d cosθ可取得唯一值,这样所得到的方向角θ可取得唯一值,不存在测角模糊的问题。
When the distance between the two antennas
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000022
when
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000023
phase difference
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000024
The value range is [0,2π],
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000025
The range of values is
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000026
The k in formula 11 can only take one value, that is, d cosθ can take a unique value, so that the obtained direction angle θ can take a unique value, and there is no problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
当f 2-f 1远小于f 1和f 2时,
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000027
就远大于
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000028
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000029
也就是说,天线之间的距离可以在更大的范围内,实现无测角模糊。
When f 2 -f 1 is much smaller than f 1 and f 2 ,
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000027
is far greater than
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000028
and
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000029
That is, the distance between the antennas can be in a larger range, achieving no angular ambiguity.
例如,f 1为3GHz,f 2为3.1GHz,那么
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000030
也就是说,如果仅利用频率f 1或者f 2下的相位做测角,那么为了确定得到唯一的方向角,天线之间的距离必须要小于5cm。如果同时使用频率f 1和f 2下的相位做测角,那么天线距离只要小于150cm,就可以得到唯一的方向角,即能够解决测角模糊的问题。
For example, f1 is 3GHz and f2 is 3.1GHz, then
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000030
That is to say, if only the phase at frequency f 1 or f 2 is used for angle measurement, then in order to obtain a unique direction angle, the distance between the antennas must be less than 5cm. If the phases at frequencies f 1 and f 2 are used for angle measurement at the same time, as long as the antenna distance is less than 150cm, a unique direction angle can be obtained, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备接收承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号,并发送用于指示方向角的第一信息,以便其他设备根据第一信息便可获取方向角。由于第一信息基于承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定,且第一信息用于指示方向角,那么可以理解为方向角也是基于承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定,这样无论是在NR还是sidelink定位场景中,得到的方向角都是唯一的,进而可以解决测角模糊的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device receives reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and sends first information indicating the direction angle, so that other devices can obtain the direction angle according to the first information. Since the first information is determined based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources, and the first information is used to indicate the direction angle, it can be understood that the direction angle is also based on the phase measurement results of the reference signals carried on different frequency resources The result is determined, so whether in NR or sidelink positioning scenarios, the obtained direction angle is unique, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图5所示的方法500可以包括S501至S507,主要涉及在sidelink定位场景下,终端设备520(图4中所述的第一设备的一例)通过同一个天线发送承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号,终端设备510(图4中所述的终端设备的一例)通过多个天线接收承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号后,可以测量承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号得到相位信息,并将该相位信息发送给终端设备520,终端设备520根据该相位信息完成到达角的解算。下面详细说明该方法500中的各个步骤。Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 500 shown in FIG. 5 may include S501 to S507, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 520 (an example of the first device described in FIG. 4 ) transmits the information carried by multiple different frequency resources through the same antenna. After the terminal device 510 (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4 ) receives the reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas, it can measure the reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources. The phase information is obtained from the reference signal, and the phase information is sent to the terminal device 520, and the terminal device 520 completes the calculation of the angle of arrival according to the phase information. Each step in the method 500 is described in detail below.
S501,终端设备520发送请求消息,相对应地,终端设备510接收该请求消息。S501, the terminal device 520 sends a request message, and correspondingly, the terminal device 510 receives the request message.
其中,该请求消息用于请求与终端设备510进行第二信息的交互,即用于请求与终端设备510进行配置信息和能力信息的交互,该配置信息可以包括第一频率资源信息和参考信号的发送方式信息,该能力信息可以包括位置信息包括的内容的类型。Wherein, the request message is used to request the interaction of the second information with the terminal device 510, that is, to request the interaction of configuration information and capability information with the terminal device 510, and the configuration information may include the information of the first frequency resource and the information of the reference signal. Sending mode information, the capability information may include the type of content included in the location information.
示例性的,该请求消息包括以下至少一项:第一频率信息、参考信号的发送方式信息、位置信息包括的内容的类型。Exemplarily, the request message includes at least one of the following: first frequency information, reference signal transmission manner information, and type of content included in the location information.
该第一频率信息用于指示可选的参考信号的频率,即该第一频率信息可以指示终端设备520在哪些/哪个频率资源上发送参考信号,进一步地,终端设备510可以根据发送参考信号的频率资源确定是否存在测角模糊的问题。The first frequency information is used to indicate the frequency of the optional reference signal, that is, the first frequency information can indicate which/which frequency resources the terminal device 520 uses to send the reference signal, and further, the terminal device 510 can transmit the reference signal according to the The frequency resource determines if there is an angular ambiguity problem.
该参考信号的发送方式信息可以包括跳频发送方式或载波聚合发送方式。跳频发送方式可以理解为分时发送承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号,例如终端设备520首先发送承载在第一频率资源上的第一参考信号,然后发送承载在第二频率资源上的第二参考信号。载波聚合发送方式可以理解为发送承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号,例如终端设备520发送承载在第一频率资源和第二频率资源上的第一参考信号。The information about the transmission manner of the reference signal may include a frequency hopping transmission manner or a carrier aggregation transmission manner. The frequency hopping transmission method can be understood as time-division transmission of reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources. For example, the terminal device 520 first transmits the first reference signal carried on the first frequency resource, and then sends the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource. on the second reference signal. The carrier aggregation sending manner can be understood as sending reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources, for example, the terminal device 520 sends a first reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a second frequency resource.
该位置信息包括的内容的类型可以包括相位信息、相位差信息或相位差的差值信息。The type of content included in the location information may include phase information, phase difference information, or phase difference difference information.
S502,终端设备510向终端设备520发送配置信息和能力信息。相对应地,终端设备520接收终端设备510发送的配置信息和能力信息。S502, the terminal device 510 sends configuration information and capability information to the terminal device 520. Correspondingly, the terminal device 520 receives the configuration information and capability information sent by the terminal device 510 .
在S502之前,终端设备510可以根据第一频率信息判断终端设备510的天线间距是否大于等于半波长,从而判断是否存在测角模糊的问题。Before S502, the terminal device 510 may determine whether the antenna spacing of the terminal device 510 is greater than or equal to half a wavelength according to the first frequency information, so as to determine whether there is an angle measurement ambiguity problem.
可选地,当第一频率信息包括单个频率资源时,终端设备510可以根据该单个频率资源确定自身的天线间距是否大于或等于半波长。若终端设备510确定在该频率资源下,自身的天线间距小于半波长,即终端设备510在该频率资源下发送的参考信号不会发生测角模糊的问题,则终端设备510可以指示终端设备520在该单个频率资源下发送参考信号。若终端设备510确定在该单个频率资源下,自身的天线间距大于或等于半波长,即终端设备510在该频率资源下发送的参考信号存在测角模糊的问题,则终端设备510可以向终端设备520发送参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息,用于指示终端设备520可以在多个频率资源上发送参考信号。需要说明的是,该参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息可以指示终端设备520发送参考信号的频率的范围,该范围可以是频率的上限,也可以是频率的下限,还可以是频率的上限和下限;该参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息还可以指示终端设备520发送参考信号的各个频率资源之间的频率差的范围,该范围可以是频率差的上限,也可以是频率差的下限,还可以是频率差的上限和下限。Optionally, when the first frequency information includes a single frequency resource, the terminal device 510 may determine whether its own antenna spacing is greater than or equal to half a wavelength according to the single frequency resource. If the terminal device 510 determines that the distance between its own antennas is less than half a wavelength under the frequency resource, that is, the reference signal sent by the terminal device 510 under the frequency resource will not have the problem of angle measurement ambiguity, then the terminal device 510 can instruct the terminal device 520 A reference signal is transmitted under the single frequency resource. If the terminal device 510 determines that the distance between its own antennas is greater than or equal to half a wavelength under the single frequency resource, that is, the reference signal sent by the terminal device 510 under the frequency resource has a problem of angle measurement ambiguity, then the terminal device 510 can send a message to the terminal device 520 Send the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource, which is used to indicate that the terminal device 520 can send the reference signal on multiple frequency resources. It should be noted that the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource may indicate the frequency range of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 520, and the range may be the upper limit of the frequency, or the lower limit of the frequency, or the upper limit and the lower limit of the frequency. Lower limit; the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource may also indicate the range of the frequency difference between the frequency resources used by the terminal device 520 to send the reference signal, the range may be the upper limit of the frequency difference, or the lower limit of the frequency difference, There may also be upper and lower limits for the frequency difference.
可选地,当第一频率信息包括多个频率资源时,终端设备510可以判断在该多个频率资源下,自身的天线间距是否均大于等于半波长。若终端设备510确定在该多个频率资源中的某个频率资源,满足终端设备510的天线间距小于半波长,则终端设备510确定在该某个频率资源下发送参考信号不会存在测角模糊的问题。因此,终端设备510可以指示终端设备520在该多个频率资源中的某个频率资源上发送参考信号。若终端设备510确定在该多个频率资源下,自身的天线间距均大于或等于半波长,则终端设备510确定在该多个频率资源下发送参考信号存在测角模糊的问题。因此,终端设备510可以向终端设备520发送参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息,用于指示终端设备520在多个频率资源上发送参考信号。需要说明的是,该参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息可以指示终端设备520发送参考信号的频率的范围,该范围可以是频率的上限,也可以是频率的下限,还可以是 频率的上限和下限;该参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息还可以指示终端设备520发送参考信号的各个频率资源之间的频率差的范围,该范围可以是频率差的上限,也可以是频率差的下限,还可以是频率差的上限和下限。Optionally, when the first frequency information includes multiple frequency resources, the terminal device 510 may determine whether, under the multiple frequency resources, the distance between its own antennas is greater than or equal to half a wavelength. If the terminal device 510 determines that the distance between the antennas of the terminal device 510 is less than half a wavelength in a certain frequency resource among the multiple frequency resources, then the terminal device 510 determines that there will be no angle measurement ambiguity in sending the reference signal under the certain frequency resource The problem. Therefore, the terminal device 510 may instruct the terminal device 520 to send the reference signal on a certain frequency resource among the multiple frequency resources. If the terminal device 510 determines that the distance between its own antennas is greater than or equal to half a wavelength under the multiple frequency resources, the terminal device 510 determines that there is an angle measurement ambiguity problem in sending reference signals under the multiple frequency resources. Therefore, the terminal device 510 may send the recommendation/requirement information of reference signal frequency resources to the terminal device 520, for instructing the terminal device 520 to send reference signals on multiple frequency resources. It should be noted that the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource may indicate the frequency range of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 520, and the range may be the upper limit of the frequency, or the lower limit of the frequency, or the upper limit and the lower limit of the frequency. Lower limit; the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resources may also indicate the range of the frequency difference between the frequency resources used by the terminal device 520 to send the reference signal, the range may be the upper limit of the frequency difference, or the lower limit of the frequency difference, There may also be upper and lower limits for the frequency difference.
在S502中,终端设备510可以向终端设备520发送配置信息和能力信息,即第二信息,该配置信息和能力信息包括以下至少一项:参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息、参考信号的发送方式信息、位置信息包括的内容的类型,其中,参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息即为终端设备510请求的参考信号的频率。In S502, the terminal device 510 may send configuration information and capability information, that is, second information, to the terminal device 520. The configuration information and capability information include at least one of the following: recommendation/requirement information of reference signal frequency resources, transmission of reference signals The type of content included in the mode information and the location information, wherein the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource is the frequency of the reference signal requested by the terminal device 510 .
可选地,该配置信息和能力信息可以携带上述参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息。例如:该配置信息和能力信息可以指示终端设备520选择在某个或者某些频率资源上发送参考信号。具体地,该信息可以指示终端设备520发送参考信号的频率的范围,该范围可以是频率的上限,也可以是频率的下限,还可以是频率的上限和下限;该消息还可以指示终端设备520发送参考信号的各个频率资源之间的频率差的范围,该范围可以是频率差的上限,也可以是频率差的下限,还可以是频率差的上限和下限。Optionally, the configuration information and capability information may carry the above recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource. For example: the configuration information and capability information may indicate that the terminal device 520 chooses to send reference signals on one or some frequency resources. Specifically, the information may indicate the frequency range for the terminal device 520 to send the reference signal, and the range may be the upper limit of the frequency, or the lower limit of the frequency, or the upper limit and the lower limit of the frequency; the message may also indicate that the terminal device 520 The range of the frequency difference between the frequency resources for sending the reference signal, the range may be the upper limit of the frequency difference, the lower limit of the frequency difference, or the upper limit and the lower limit of the frequency difference.
可选地,该配置信息和能力信息还可以携带推荐参考信号的发送方式信息,该发送方式可以为跳频发送方式,也可以为载波聚合发送方式,本申请对此不作限定。Optionally, the configuration information and capability information may also carry information about a transmission mode of the recommended reference signal, and the transmission mode may be a frequency hopping transmission mode or a carrier aggregation transmission mode, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,该配置信息和能力信息还可以指示终端设备510上报的位置信息包括的内容的类型,例如,上报的位置信息包括的内容是相位信息,还是相位差信息,还是相位差的差值信息,或者是上述三种信息的组合,本申请对此不作限定。Optionally, the configuration information and capability information may also indicate the type of content included in the location information reported by the terminal device 510, for example, whether the content included in the reported location information is phase information, phase difference information, or phase difference difference information, or a combination of the above three types of information, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,该方法500还可以包括S503:终端设备520向终端设备510发送响应消息。Optionally, the method 500 may further include S503: the terminal device 520 sends a response message to the terminal device 510 .
该响应消息用于响应是否同意按照终端设备510提供的配置信息和能力信息发送参考信号。也就是说,该响应消息用于指示以下至少一项:配置参考信号的频率、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。The response message is used to respond to whether to agree to send the reference signal according to the configuration information and capability information provided by the terminal device 510 . That is to say, the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following items: the frequency of configuring the reference signal, the transmission mode of the reference signal, and the type of content included in the location information.
如果终端设备520完全符合终端设备510发送的配置和能力信息,终端设备520可以不执行S503,即不发送响应消息。终端设备510在没有收到终端设备520发送的响应消息的情况下,可以判定终端设备520同意按照终端设备510提供的配置信息和能力信息发送参考信号;终端设备520也可以向终端设备510发送响应消息,该响应消息用于指示终端设备510,终端设备520同意按照终端设备510提供的配置信息和能力信息发送参考信号。示例性的,该响应消息可以直接使用一个标志位表示。If the terminal device 520 fully complies with the configuration and capability information sent by the terminal device 510, the terminal device 520 may not execute S503, that is, not send a response message. If the terminal device 510 does not receive the response message sent by the terminal device 520, it may determine that the terminal device 520 agrees to send the reference signal according to the configuration information and capability information provided by the terminal device 510; the terminal device 520 may also send a response message to the terminal device 510 message, the response message is used to instruct the terminal device 510, and the terminal device 520 agrees to send the reference signal according to the configuration information and capability information provided by the terminal device 510. Exemplarily, the response message may be directly represented by a flag bit.
如果终端设备520不完全符合终端设备510发送的配置和能力信息,终端设备520可以向终端设备510发送响应消息,该响应消息用于指示以下至少一项:配置的频率资源信息、参考信号的发送方式、位置信息包括的内容的类型。If the terminal device 520 does not fully comply with the configuration and capability information sent by the terminal device 510, the terminal device 520 may send a response message to the terminal device 510, and the response message is used to indicate at least one of the following: configured frequency resource information, transmission of reference signals The type of content included in the method and location information.
通过S501至S503,终端设备510和终端设备520之间可以完成配置信息和能力信息的交互,即完成第二信息的交互,从而可以确定参考信号的频率资源信息、参考信号的发送方式、和位置信息包括的内容的类型等信息。Through S501 to S503, the terminal device 510 and the terminal device 520 can complete the interaction of configuration information and capability information, that is, complete the interaction of the second information, so that the frequency resource information of the reference signal, the transmission mode and location of the reference signal can be determined The information includes information such as the type of content.
S504,终端设备520在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号。相对应地,终端设备510可以在多个不同的频率资源上接收参考信号。S504, the terminal device 520 sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources. Correspondingly, the terminal device 510 may receive reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
应理解,终端设备520可以是单天线设备,也可以是多天线设备。当终端设备520有多个天线时,终端设备520应至少在同一个天线上发送参考信号。终端设备510可以在多个天线上接收承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号。It should be understood that the terminal device 520 may be a single-antenna device or a multi-antenna device. When the terminal device 520 has multiple antennas, the terminal device 520 should at least send the reference signal on the same antenna. The terminal device 510 may receive reference signals carried on different frequency resources on multiple antennas.
终端设备520可以根据S501至S503确定的频率资源信息,在多个不同的频率资源上 发送参考信号,并且该参考信号的发送方式可以是跳频发送方式,也可以是载波聚合发送方式,本申请对此不作限定。The terminal device 520 can transmit reference signals on multiple different frequency resources according to the frequency resource information determined in S501 to S503, and the transmission mode of the reference signal can be a frequency hopping transmission mode or a carrier aggregation transmission mode. This application There is no limit to this.
S505,终端设备510在多个天线上测量终端设备520发送的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息。S505, the terminal device 510 measures the phase of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 520 on multiple antennas, and determines position information.
应理解,终端设备510可以在多个天线上接收并测量终端设备520发送的承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号,得到相位信息,从而确定位置信息。此外,参考信号可以携带标识信息,标识信息用于标识参考信号。It should be understood that the terminal device 510 may receive and measure reference signals sent by the terminal device 520 on multiple antennas and carried on multiple different frequency resources to obtain phase information, thereby determining location information. In addition, the reference signal may carry identification information, and the identification information is used to identify the reference signal.
应理解,终端设备510测量相位的方式可以是多个天线同时测量,还可以是切换天线的方式测量,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the manner in which the terminal device 510 measures the phase may be simultaneous measurement by multiple antennas, or measurement by switching antennas, which is not limited in this application.
还应理解,位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。其中,第一相位差信息是根据第一相位和第二相位得到的,第二相位差信息是根据第三相位和第四相位得到的,第三相位差信息是根据第一相位和第三相位得到的,第四相位差信息是根据第二相位和第四相位得到的,相位差的差值信息是根据第一相位、第二相位、第三相位和第四相位得到的。It should also be understood that the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase The difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference. Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase Thus, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the phase difference difference information is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
进一步地,第一相位信息包括第一相位;第二相位信息包括第二相位;第三相位信息包括第三相位;第四相位信息包括第四相位;第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。其中,第一相位差为第一相位与第二相位的相位差;第二相位差为第三相位与第四相位的相位差;第三相位差为第一相位与第三相位的相位差;第四相位差为第二相位与第四相位的相位差;第一相位差的差值为第一相位差与第二相位差的差值;第二相位差的差值为第三相位差与第四相位差的差值。Further, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; The second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes the fourth phase difference; the difference value information of the phase difference includes the difference value of the first phase difference or the second phase difference The difference in phase difference. Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase; The fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference; the difference between the second phase difference is the third phase difference and The difference of the fourth phase difference.
可选地,位置信息可以包括相位信息,该相位信息包括相位、该相位关联的天线标识和频率资源标识。Optionally, the location information may include phase information, where the phase information includes a phase, an antenna identifier and a frequency resource identifier associated with the phase.
该相位可以表示为
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000031
即终端设备510在第m个天线上接收参考信号,在第n个频率资源的参考信号下测量得到的相位。也就是说,该相位需要同时关联一个天线标识和一个频率资源标识,即终端设备510在哪个天线上接收参考信号,在什么频率资源的参考信号下测量得到的相位。
This phase can be expressed as
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000031
That is, the terminal device 510 receives the reference signal on the mth antenna, and measures the obtained phase under the reference signal of the nth frequency resource. That is to say, the phase needs to be associated with an antenna identifier and a frequency resource identifier at the same time, that is, on which antenna the terminal device 510 receives the reference signal, and on which frequency resource the reference signal is measured to obtain the phase.
可选地,位置信息可以包括相位差信息。Optionally, the location information may include phase difference information.
该相位差信息包括相位差、该相位差关联的两个天线标识和一个频率资源标识。该相位差可以表示为
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000032
即终端设备510在第m个天线和第h个天线上接收参考信号,在第n个频率资源下测量参考信号得到的相位差。具体地,该
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000033
可以表示为:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000035
即相位差可以是两个相位直接做差得到的,也可以是对得到的相位差做mod 2π运算得到的值。也就是说,该相位差需要同时关联两个天线标识和一个频率资源标识,即终端设备510在哪两个天线上接收参考信号,在什么频率资源的参考信号下测量得到的相位差值。示例性的,h=m+1,也就是说,上报相邻两个天线的相位差信息。
The phase difference information includes a phase difference, two antenna identifiers associated with the phase difference, and a frequency resource identifier. This phase difference can be expressed as
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000032
That is, the terminal device 510 receives the reference signal on the mth antenna and the hth antenna, and measures the phase difference obtained from the reference signal on the nth frequency resource. Specifically, the
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000033
It can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000034
or
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000035
That is, the phase difference can be obtained by directly making the difference between two phases, or it can be a value obtained by mod 2π operation on the obtained phase difference. That is to say, the phase difference needs to be associated with two antenna identifiers and a frequency resource identifier at the same time, that is, on which two antennas the terminal device 510 receives the reference signal, and under which frequency resource the reference signal is measured to obtain the phase difference value. Exemplarily, h=m+1, that is, the phase difference information of two adjacent antennas is reported.
该相位差信息还包括相位差、该相位差关联的两个频率资源标识和一个天线标识。该相位差可以表示为
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000036
即终端设备510在第m个天线上接收参考信号,在第n个 频率资源和第w个频率资源的参考信号下测量得到的相位差。具体地,该
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000037
可以表示为:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000039
即相位差可以是两个相位直接做差得到的,也可以是对得到的相位差做mod 2π运算得到的值。也就是说,该相位差需要同时关联一个天线标识和两个频率资源标识。示例性的,w=n+1,也就是说,上报同一个天线两个相邻频率资源下的相位差信息。可选地,位置信息可以包括相位差的差值信息。
The phase difference information also includes a phase difference, two frequency resource identifiers and an antenna identifier associated with the phase difference. This phase difference can be expressed as
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000036
That is, the terminal device 510 receives the reference signal on the m-th antenna, and measures the phase difference obtained under the reference signal of the n-th frequency resource and the w-th frequency resource. Specifically, the
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000037
It can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000038
or
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000039
That is, the phase difference can be obtained by directly making the difference between two phases, or it can be a value obtained by mod 2π operation on the obtained phase difference. That is to say, the phase difference needs to be associated with one antenna ID and two frequency resource IDs at the same time. Exemplarily, w=n+1, that is, to report phase difference information under two adjacent frequency resources of the same antenna. Optionally, the position information may include difference information of the phase difference.
该相位差的差值信息包括相位差的差值、该相位差的差值关联的两个天线标识和两个频率资源标识,该相位差的差值可以表示为
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000040
The difference information of the phase difference includes the difference of the phase difference, the two antenna identifiers and the two frequency resource identifiers associated with the difference of the phase difference, and the difference of the phase difference can be expressed as
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000040
具体地,该
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000041
可以表示为:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000042
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000043
即这是终端设备510的第m个天线和第h个天线在第n个频率资源下的相位差与在第w个频率资源下的相位差的差值或者是对得到的相位差的差值做mod 2π运算得到的值。示例性的,h=m+1,w=n+1,即两个相邻天线在两个相邻频率资源下的相位差的差值信息。
Specifically, the
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000041
It can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000042
or
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000043
That is, this is the difference between the phase difference between the mth antenna and the hth antenna of the terminal device 510 under the nth frequency resource and the phase difference under the wth frequency resource or the difference between the obtained phase differences The value obtained by mod 2π operation. Exemplarily, h=m+1, w=n+1, that is, difference information of phase differences between two adjacent antennas under two adjacent frequency resources.
具体地,该
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000044
可以表示为:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000045
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000046
即这是终端设备510的第m个天线分别在第n个频率资源和第w个频率资源下的相位差与第h个天线分别在第n个频率资源和第w个频率资源下的相位差的差值或者是对得到的相位差的差值做mod 2π运算得到的值。示例性的,h=m+1,w=n+1,即两个相邻天线在两个相邻频率资源下的相位差的差值信息。
Specifically, the
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000044
It can be expressed as:
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000045
or
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000046
That is, this is the phase difference between the mth antenna of the terminal device 510 under the nth frequency resource and the wth frequency resource respectively, and the phase difference between the hth antenna under the nth frequency resource and the wth frequency resource respectively The difference value or the value obtained by mod 2π operation on the obtained phase difference difference. Exemplarily, h=m+1, w=n+1, that is, difference information of phase differences between two adjacent antennas under two adjacent frequency resources.
需要说明的是,相位差信息和相位差的差值信息中除了要带有天线标识或者频率资源标识,还指示相位做差的顺序或者相位差做差的顺序,即可以通过显示指示方式指示相位做差的顺序或者相位差做差的顺序,也可以通过隐式指示方式指示相位做差的顺序或者相位差做差的顺序。It should be noted that, in addition to the antenna ID or frequency resource ID, the phase difference information and the phase difference information must also indicate the order of phase difference or the order of phase difference, that is, the phase can be indicated by displaying an indication The sequence of making phase difference or the sequence of making phase difference may also indicate the sequence of making phase difference or the sequence of making phase difference by implicit indication.
在一个示例中,终端设备510在发送位置信息的同时,也可以发送指示信息,该指示信息可以直接指示相位差信息是哪两个相位做差得到的、相位差的差值信息是哪两个相位差做差得到的。In an example, when the terminal device 510 sends the location information, it can also send indication information, which can directly indicate which two phases the phase difference information is obtained by making a difference, and which two phase difference information is the phase difference. The phase difference is obtained by doing the difference.
在另一个示例中,终端设备510和终端设备520可以预先规定规则,规定做差的顺序为在前的天线标识/频率资源标识减去在后的天线标识/频率资源标识,或者,规定做差的顺序为在后的天线标识/频率资源标识减去在前的天线标识/频率资源标识。例如,第一相位差信息包括第一相位差、第一频率资源标识(f 1)、第一天线标识(r 1)和第二天线标识(r 2)。则根据规定规则,假设做差的顺序为在前的天线标识减去在后的天线标识,则根据第一相位差即可确定为第一天线上第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位减去第二天线上第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,即可用(r 1-r 2,f 1)表示。 In another example, the terminal device 510 and the terminal device 520 may pre-specify rules, specifying that the order of making difference is the previous antenna ID/frequency resource ID minus the following antenna ID/frequency resource ID, or specifying that the order of difference The sequence is the following antenna ID/frequency resource ID minus the previous antenna ID/frequency resource ID. For example, the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference, the first frequency resource identifier (f 1 ), the first antenna identifier (r 1 ), and the second antenna identifier (r 2 ). Then according to the prescribed rules, assuming that the order of making the difference is the preceding antenna identification minus the following antenna identification, then according to the first phase difference, it can be determined as the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource on the first antenna minus The phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource on the second antenna can be represented by (r 1 -r 2 , f 1 ).
在又一个示例中,相位差信息或者相位差的差值信息中的每个值都带有一个天线标识和一个频率资源标识,而不是使用一个公用的标识,即每个相位差信息或者相位差的差值信息中携带标识列表,用于指示该值是在什么天线上什么频率资源上得到的。例如,第一相位差信息包括第一相位差、第一频率资源标识(f 1)、第一天线标识(r 1)和第二天线标识(r 2)。当上报第一相位差信息时,可用两个标识列表进行表示,第一个列表是天线标识的列表(第一天线r 1,第二天线r 2),第二个列表是频率资源标识的列表(第一频率资源f 1,第一频率资源f 1),即可用(r 1,f 1)-(r 2,f 1)表示。 In yet another example, each value in the phase difference information or phase difference information has an antenna identifier and a frequency resource identifier, instead of using a common identifier, that is, each phase difference information or phase difference The difference value information of , carries an identification list, which is used to indicate which antenna and which frequency resource the value is obtained from. For example, the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference, the first frequency resource identifier (f 1 ), the first antenna identifier (r 1 ), and the second antenna identifier (r 2 ). When reporting the first phase difference information, it can be represented by two identification lists, the first list is a list of antenna identification (first antenna r 1 , second antenna r 2 ), and the second list is a list of frequency resource identification (the first frequency resource f 1 , the first frequency resource f 1 ), that is, it can be represented by (r 1 , f 1 )-(r 2 , f 1 ).
可以理解的是,位置信息可以为相位信息、相位差信息、和相位差的差值信息中的至少一项。也就是说,位置信息可以同时包含上述相位,相位差和相位差的差值信息,也可以只是包含其中的一种或多种信息。It can be understood that the position information may be at least one item of phase information, phase difference information, and phase difference difference information. That is to say, the location information may include the phase, the phase difference, and the difference information of the phase difference, or may only include one or more kinds of information.
示例性的,假设终端设备510有两个天线,并且终端设备520通过同一天线在两个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号,则终端设备510的两个天线可以分别测量两个不同频率资源上的参考信号,得到如表1所示的相位值。Exemplarily, assuming that the terminal device 510 has two antennas, and the terminal device 520 transmits reference signals on two different frequency resources through the same antenna, the two antennas of the terminal device 510 can measure the reference signals on the two different frequency resources respectively. Reference signal, get the phase value shown in Table 1.
其中,第一相位是终端设备510测量第一天线接收的承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号得到的相位,即第一相位对应第一天线接收到的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;第二相位是终端设备510测量第二天线接收的承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号得到的相位,即第二相位对应第二天线接收到的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;第三相位是终端设备510测量第一天线接收的承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号得到的相位,即第三相位对应第一天线接收到的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位;第四相位是终端设备510测量第二天线接收的承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号得到的相位,即第四相位对应第二天线接收到的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。Wherein, the first phase is the phase obtained by the terminal device 510 by measuring the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource received by the first antenna, that is, the first phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal received by the first antenna on the first frequency resource The second phase is the phase obtained by the terminal device 510 measuring the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource received by the second antenna, that is, the second phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal received by the second antenna on the first frequency resource; The third phase is the phase obtained by the terminal device 510 by measuring the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource received by the first antenna, that is, the third phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal received by the first antenna on the second frequency resource; The four phases are phases obtained by the terminal device 510 by measuring the reference signal received by the second antenna and carried on the second frequency resource, that is, the fourth phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal received by the second antenna on the second frequency resource.
表1Table 1
 the 第一天线first antenna 第二天线second antenna
第一频率资源first frequency resource 第一相位first phase 第二相位second phase
第二频率资源second frequency resource 第三相位third phase 第四相位fourth phase
如表1所示,终端设备510发送的位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;第一相位差的差值信息;第二相位差的差值信息。As shown in Table 1, the location information sent by the terminal device 510 is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase information Difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; difference information of the first phase difference; difference information of the second phase difference.
其中,第一相位信息包括第一相位和第一频率资源的标识,第一相位信息还包括第一天线的标识或者通过第一天线在第一频率资源上接收的参考信号的标识;第二相位信息包括第二相位和第一频率资源的标识,第二相位信息还包括第二天线的标识或者通过第二天线在第一频率资源上接收的参考信号的标识;第三相位信息包括第三相位和第二频率资源的标识,第三相位信息还包括第一天线的标识或者通过第一天线在第二频率资源上接收的参考信号的标识;第四相位信息包括第四相位和第二频率资源的标识,第四相位信息还包括第二天线的标识或者通过第二天线在第二频率资源上接收的参考信号的标识。Wherein, the first phase information includes the first phase and the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the first phase information also includes the identifier of the first antenna or the identifier of the reference signal received on the first frequency resource through the first antenna; the second phase The information includes the second phase and the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the second phase information also includes the identifier of the second antenna or the identifier of the reference signal received on the first frequency resource through the second antenna; the third phase information includes the third phase and the identifier of the second frequency resource, the third phase information also includes the identifier of the first antenna or the identifier of the reference signal received on the second frequency resource through the first antenna; the fourth phase information includes the fourth phase and the identifier of the second frequency resource The fourth phase information further includes an identifier of the second antenna or an identifier of a reference signal received by the second antenna on the second frequency resource.
第一相位差信息包括第一相位差、第一频率资源的标识、第一天线的标识和第二天线的标识,或者,第一相位差信息包括第一相位差、第一频率资源的标识、通过第一天线在第一频率资源上接收的参考信号的标识和通过第二天线在第一频率资源上接收的参考信号的标识。其中,第一相位差为第一相位与第二相位的相位差。The first phase difference information includes the first phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the second antenna, or, the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, An identifier of the reference signal received on the first frequency resource through the first antenna and an identifier of the reference signal received on the first frequency resource through the second antenna. Wherein, the first phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the second phase.
第二相位差信息包括第二相位差、第二频率资源的标识、第一天线的标识和第二天线的标识,或者,第二相位差信息包括第二相位差、第二频率资源的标识、通过第一天线在第二频率资源上接收的参考信号的标识和通过第二天线在第二频率资源上接收的参考信号的标识。其中,第二相位差为第三相位与第四相位的相位差。The second phase difference information includes the second phase difference, the identifier of the second frequency resource, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the second antenna, or the second phase difference information includes the second phase difference, the identifier of the second frequency resource, An identifier of the reference signal received on the second frequency resource through the first antenna and an identifier of the reference signal received on the second frequency resource through the second antenna. Wherein, the second phase difference is a phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase.
第三相位差信息包括第三相位差、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识,第三相位差信息还包括第一天线的标识或者通过第一天线接收的参考信号的标识。其中,第三相位差为第一相位与第三相位的相位差。The third phase difference information includes the third phase difference, an identifier of the first frequency resource, and an identifier of the second frequency resource, and the third phase difference information further includes an identifier of the first antenna or an identifier of a reference signal received through the first antenna. Wherein, the third phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the third phase.
第四相位差信息包括第四相位差、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识,第四相位差信息还包括第二天线的标识或者通过第二天线接收的参考信号的标识。其中,第四相位差为第二相位与第四相位的相位差。The fourth phase difference information includes the fourth phase difference, an identifier of the first frequency resource, and an identifier of the second frequency resource, and the fourth phase difference information further includes an identifier of the second antenna or an identifier of a reference signal received through the second antenna. Wherein, the fourth phase difference is a phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase.
第一相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值、第一频率资源的标识、第二频率资源的标识、第一天线的标识和第二天线的标识,或者,第一相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值、第一频率资源的标识、第二频率资源的标识、通过第一天线接收的参考信号的标识和通过第二天线接收的参考信号的标识。其中,第一相位差的差值为第一相位差与第二相位差的差值。The difference information of the first phase difference includes the difference of the first phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, the identifier of the second frequency resource, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the second antenna, or the identifier of the first phase difference The difference information includes the difference of the first phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, the identifier of the second frequency resource, the identifier of the reference signal received through the first antenna, and the identifier of the reference signal received through the second antenna. Wherein, the difference of the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference.
第二相位差的差值信息包括第二相位差的差值、第一频率资源的标识、第二频率资源的标识、第一天线的标识和第二天线的标识,或者,第二相位差的差值信息包括第二相位差的差值、第一频率资源的标识、第二频率资源的标识、通过第一天线接收的参考信号的标识和通过第二天线接收的参考信号的标识。其中,第二相位差的差值为第三相位差与第四相位差的差值。The difference information of the second phase difference includes the difference of the second phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, the identifier of the second frequency resource, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the second antenna, or the identifier of the second phase difference The difference information includes the difference of the second phase difference, the identifier of the first frequency resource, the identifier of the second frequency resource, the identifier of the reference signal received through the first antenna, and the identifier of the reference signal received through the second antenna. Wherein, the difference of the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
需要说明的是,上述的天线标识也可以用端口标识进行表示。也就是说,参考信号中携带的标识信息,可以用于标识参考信号,也可以用于标识接收参考信号的天线,还可以用于标识接收参考信号的端口。例如,终端设备设备包括第一天线和第二天线,第一端口接收的第一频率资源上的参考信号以及第三端口接收的第二频率资源上的参考信号均是通过第一天线接收的参考信号,第二端口接收的第一频率资源上的参考信号以及第四端口接收的第二频率资源上的参考信号均是通过第二天线接收的参考信号。在这种情况下,第一天线的标识可以用第一端口标识和第三端口标识进行替换,第二天线的标识可以用第二端口标识和第四端口标识进行替换。It should be noted that the above-mentioned antenna identifier may also be represented by a port identifier. That is to say, the identification information carried in the reference signal can be used to identify the reference signal, can also be used to identify the antenna receiving the reference signal, and can also be used to identify the port receiving the reference signal. For example, the terminal equipment includes a first antenna and a second antenna, and the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the first port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the third port are reference signals received through the first antenna. The reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the second port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the fourth port are reference signals received through the second antenna. In this case, the identifier of the first antenna may be replaced by the first port identifier and the third port identifier, and the identifier of the second antenna may be replaced by the second port identifier and the fourth port identifier.
应理解,终端设备520还可以在更多的资源频率上发送参考信号,终端设备510还可以使用更多的天线,接收终端设备520发送的在更多频率资源上的参考信号,并测量参考信号的相位,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the terminal device 520 can also send reference signals on more resource frequencies, and the terminal device 510 can also use more antennas to receive reference signals on more frequency resources sent by the terminal device 520, and measure the reference signals phase, which is not limited in this application.
S506,终端设备510向终端设备520发送位置信息和定位辅助信息。相对应地,终端设备520接收终端设备510发送的位置信息和定位辅助信息。S506, the terminal device 510 sends the location information and positioning assistance information to the terminal device 520. Correspondingly, the terminal device 520 receives the location information and positioning assistance information sent by the terminal device 510 .
应理解,终端设备510可以将通过S505测量得到的位置信息发送给终端设备520。位置信息相关内容可以参考S505中的描述,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the terminal device 510 may send the location information measured through S505 to the terminal device 520 . For content related to the location information, reference may be made to the description in S505, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,终端设备510还可以将定位辅助信息发送给终端设备520,该定位辅助信息用于指示终端设备510的天线的相对位置。Optionally, the terminal device 510 may also send positioning assistance information to the terminal device 520, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the terminal device 510.
若终端设备510包括两个天线,标识为第一天线和第二天线,则定位辅助信息用于指示第一天线和第二天线的相对位置。若终端设备510包括三个天线,标识为第一天线、第二天线和第三天线,则定位辅助信息用于指示:第一天线、第二天线和第三天线的相对位置。应理解,在上报该定位辅助信息的同时,也可以指示该定位辅助信息是哪两个天线的相对位置。该指示方式也包括显示指示或隐式指示,即在上报定位辅助信息的同时也可以上报指示信息,该指示信息用于指示该定位辅助信息是哪两个天线的相对位置,或者,根据该定位辅助信息上报的顺序确定是哪两个天线的相对位置。If the terminal device 510 includes two antennas identified as the first antenna and the second antenna, the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna. If the terminal device 510 includes three antennas identified as a first antenna, a second antenna, and a third antenna, the positioning assistance information is used to indicate relative positions of the first antenna, the second antenna, and the third antenna. It should be understood that, while reporting the positioning assistance information, it may also indicate the relative positions of which two antennas the positioning assistance information is. The indication method also includes explicit indication or implicit indication, that is, indication information can also be reported while reporting positioning assistance information, and the indication information is used to indicate the relative positions of which two antennas the positioning assistance information is, or, according to the positioning assistance information The order in which the auxiliary information is reported determines the relative positions of which two antennas.
需要说明的是,天线的相对位置可以是天线之间的距离,也可以是在某个坐标下的各个天线的位置坐标。例如,多个天线组成线性阵列情况下,可以给出天线之间的距离;多个天线组成面阵情况下,则需要给出具体的位置坐标。It should be noted that the relative positions of the antennas may be the distance between the antennas, or the position coordinates of each antenna under a certain coordinate. For example, when multiple antennas form a linear array, the distance between the antennas can be given; when multiple antennas form a planar array, specific position coordinates need to be given.
距离或者位置坐标可以是绝对值的形式,坐标的单位可以是毫米、厘米、分米、米等。距离和位置也可以是某个频率下的波长值进行的换算,例如,第一天线和第二天线的距离是10cm,基准波长是10cm,那么可以用1表示该距离。The distance or position coordinates may be in the form of absolute values, and the units of the coordinates may be millimeters, centimeters, decimeters, meters, etc. The distance and position can also be converted by the wavelength value at a certain frequency. For example, if the distance between the first antenna and the second antenna is 10cm, and the reference wavelength is 10cm, then 1 can be used to represent the distance.
可以理解的是,S505中的定位辅助信息可以与位置信息通过一个信令发送给终端设备520,也可以通过多个信令发送给终端设备520,且该定位辅助信息的发送顺序不作限定。可选地,定位辅助信息还可以在S502中发送给终端设备520,本申请对此不作限定。It can be understood that the positioning assistance information in S505 may be sent to the terminal device 520 through one signaling together with the location information, or may be sent to the terminal device 520 through multiple signalings, and the sending order of the positioning assistance information is not limited. Optionally, the positioning assistance information may also be sent to the terminal device 520 in S502, which is not limited in this application.
S507,终端设备520计算到达角。S507, the terminal device 520 calculates the angle of arrival.
在该步骤中,终端设备520可以根据接收的位置信息和定位辅助信息计算到达角,其中,定位辅助信息用于指示终端设备510的天线的相对位置。In this step, the terminal device 520 may calculate the angle of arrival according to the received position information and positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the terminal device 510 .
在一个示例中,若位置信息包括第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息和第四相位信息,定位辅助信息包括第一天线和第二天线的相对位置,则终端设备520可以根据公式3、公式7、公式8以及公式10确定出到达角。In an example, if the location information includes the first phase information, the second phase information, the third phase information, and the fourth phase information, and the positioning assistance information includes the relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna, the terminal device 520 may, according to Equation 3, Equation 7, Equation 8, and Equation 10 determine the angle of arrival.
在另一个示例中,若位置信息包括第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息,或者第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息,定位辅助信息包括第一天线和第二天线的相对位置,则终端设备520可以根据公式7、公式8以及公式10确定出到达角。In another example, if the location information includes first phase difference information and second phase difference information, or third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information, and the positioning assistance information includes relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna, Then the terminal device 520 can determine the angle of arrival according to formula 7, formula 8 and formula 10.
在又一个示例中,若位置信息包括第一相位差的差值信息或者第二相位差的差值信息,定位辅助信息包括第一天线和第二天线的相对位置,则终端设备520可以根据公式10确定出到达角。In yet another example, if the location information includes the difference information of the first phase difference or the difference information of the second phase difference, and the positioning assistance information includes the relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna, then the terminal device 520 may use the formula 10 Determine the angle of arrival.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以通过不同天线测量承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息,并将该位置信息发送给第一设备,从而使得第一设备可以根据该位置信息和该定位辅助信息确定唯一的到达角,进而可以解决测角模糊的问题。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can measure the phases of reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through different antennas, determine the location information, and send the location information to the first device, so that the first device can A unique angle of arrival is determined according to the location information and the positioning assistance information, thereby solving the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图6所示的方法600可以包括S601至S606,主要涉及在sidelink定位场景下,终端设备620(图4中所述的第一设备的一例)通过同一个天线发送不同频率资源上的参考信号,终端设备610(图4中所述的终端设备的一例)通过多个天线接收承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号后,可以测量承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号得到相位信息,并根据该相位信息完成到达角的解算。下面详细说明该方法600中的各个步骤。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 600 shown in FIG. 6 may include S601 to S606, which mainly involves that in a sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 620 (an example of the first device described in FIG. 4 ) transmits reference signals on different frequency resources through the same antenna, After the terminal device 610 (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4 ) receives the reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas, it can measure the reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources to obtain the phase information, and complete the calculation of the angle of arrival based on the phase information. Each step in the method 600 is described in detail below.
S601,终端设备620向终端设备610发送请求消息。相对应地,终端设备610接收终端设备620发送的请求消息。S601, the terminal device 620 sends a request message to the terminal device 610. Correspondingly, the terminal device 610 receives the request message sent by the terminal device 620 .
S602,终端设备610向终端设备620发送配置信息和能力信息。相对应地,终端设备620接收终端设备610发送的配置信息和能力信息。S602, the terminal device 610 sends configuration information and capability information to the terminal device 620. Correspondingly, the terminal device 620 receives the configuration information and capability information sent by the terminal device 610 .
S603,终端设备620向终端设备610发送响应消息。相对应地,终端设备610接收终端设备620发送的响应消息。S603, the terminal device 620 sends a response message to the terminal device 610. Correspondingly, the terminal device 610 receives the response message sent by the terminal device 620 .
S604,终端设备620在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号。相对应地,终端设备610可以在多个不同的频率资源上接收参考信号。S604, the terminal device 620 sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources. Correspondingly, the terminal device 610 may receive reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
S605,终端设备610在多个天线上测量终端设备620发送的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息。S605, the terminal device 610 measures the phases of the reference signals sent by the terminal device 620 on multiple antennas, and determines location information.
S601至S605可以参考S501至S505,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。S601 to S605 may refer to S501 to S505, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
S606,终端设备610计算到达角。S606, the terminal device 610 calculates the angle of arrival.
在该步骤中,终端设备610可以根据位置信息以及自身的定位辅助信息计算到达角, 其中,定位辅助信息用于指示终端设备610的天线的相对位置。该计算到达角的具体内容可以参考S507,在此不再赘述。In this step, the terminal device 610 may calculate the angle of arrival according to the position information and its own positioning assistance information, where the positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the terminal device 610 . For the specific content of calculating the angle of arrival, reference may be made to S507, which will not be repeated here.
S606,终端设备610将计算的到达角发送给终端设备620。相对应地,终端设备620接收终端设备610发送的到达角。S606, the terminal device 610 sends the calculated angle of arrival to the terminal device 620. Correspondingly, the terminal device 620 receives the angle of arrival sent by the terminal device 610 .
在申请本实施例中,终端设备可以通过不同天线测量承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息,从而终端设备可以根据该位置信息确定唯一的到达角,并将该到达角发送给第一设备,由于该到达角是唯一的,因此能够解决测角模糊的问题。In this embodiment of the application, the terminal device can measure the phases of reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources through different antennas to determine the location information, so that the terminal device can determine a unique angle of arrival according to the location information, and use the The angle of arrival is sent to the first device. Since the angle of arrival is unique, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
图7是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图7所示的方法700可以包括S701至S707,主要涉及在sidelink定位场景下,终端设备720(图4中所述的第一设备的一例)有多个天线,并且能够在多天线多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号,终端设备710(图4中所述的终端设备的一例)通过同一天线上接收多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号后,可以测量该多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号得到相位信息,并将该相位信息发送给终端设备720,终端设备720根据该相位信息完成离开角的解算。下面详细说明该方法700中的各个步骤。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 700 shown in FIG. 7 may include S701 to S707, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 720 (an example of the first device described in FIG. After receiving reference signals on multiple different frequency resources through the same antenna, the terminal device 710 (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4 ) can measure the frequency on the multiple different frequency resources. The phase information is obtained from the reference signal, and the phase information is sent to the terminal device 720, and the terminal device 720 completes the calculation of the departure angle according to the phase information. Each step in the method 700 is described in detail below.
S701,终端设备710向终端设备720发送请求消息。相对应地,终端设备720接收终端设备710发送的请求消息。S701, the terminal device 710 sends a request message to the terminal device 720 . Correspondingly, the terminal device 720 receives the request message sent by the terminal device 710 .
应理解,S701为可选的步骤,当终端设备710发起方向角测量请求,或者发起定位请求时,终端设备710需要向终端设备720发送请求消息。It should be understood that S701 is an optional step. When the terminal device 710 initiates a direction angle measurement request, or initiates a positioning request, the terminal device 710 needs to send a request message to the terminal device 720 .
示例性的,该请求消息包括以下至少一项:终端设备710可以接收的参考信号的频率资源信息、参考信号的发送方式信息、位置信息包括的内容的类型。Exemplarily, the request message includes at least one of the following: frequency resource information of the reference signal that the terminal device 710 can receive, information about the transmission mode of the reference signal, and type of content included in the location information.
S702,终端设备720向终端设备710发送配置信息和能力信息。相对应地,终端设备710接收终端设备720发送的配置信息和能力信息。S702, the terminal device 720 sends configuration information and capability information to the terminal device 710. Correspondingly, the terminal device 710 receives the configuration information and capability information sent by the terminal device 720 .
该步骤具体内容可以参考S502。For the specific content of this step, reference may be made to S502.
在S702中,终端设备720可以向终端设备710发送配置信息和能力信息,即第二信息,该配置信息和能力信息包括以下至少一项:参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息、参考信号的发送方式信息、位置信息包括的内容的类型,其中,参考信号频率资源的推荐/要求信息即为终端设备720请求的参考信号的频率。In S702, the terminal device 720 may send configuration information and capability information, that is, second information, to the terminal device 710. The configuration information and capability information include at least one of the following: recommendation/requirement information of reference signal frequency resources, transmission of reference signals The type of content included in the mode information and the location information, wherein the recommendation/requirement information of the reference signal frequency resource is the frequency of the reference signal requested by the terminal device 720 .
需要说明的是,参考信号的发送方式除了可以在频率资源这个维度上可变,还可以在天线资源这个维度上可变。终端设备720在频率资源上,可以采用跳频发送方式或载波聚合发送方式;终端设备720在天线资源上,可以采用切换天线的发送方式,也可以采用多天线同时发送方式。其中,切换天线的发送方式可以理解为先开始用一个天线发送参考信号,然后断开这个天线,打开并利用另外一个天线发送参考信号;多天线同时发送方式可以理解为所有的天线同时发送参考信号,每个参考信号都有一个逻辑的端口标识,只需要将该逻辑的端口标识和物理天线关联起来,就可以区别出每个参考信号是从哪个天线发送出来的。It should be noted that, besides being variable in the dimension of frequency resources, the transmission manner of the reference signal may also be variable in the dimension of antenna resources. The terminal device 720 may adopt a frequency hopping transmission mode or a carrier aggregation transmission mode on frequency resources; the terminal device 720 may adopt a transmission mode of switching antennas or a multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode on antenna resources. Among them, the transmission method of switching antennas can be understood as starting to use one antenna to send reference signals, then disconnecting this antenna, turning on and using another antenna to send reference signals; the multi-antenna simultaneous transmission method can be understood as all antennas sending reference signals at the same time , each reference signal has a logical port identifier, and it is only necessary to associate the logical port identifier with the physical antenna to distinguish which antenna each reference signal is sent from.
也就是说,参考信号的发送方式可以包括以下任意一种:跳频和切换天线的发送方式、载波聚合和切换天线的发送方式、跳频和多天线同时的发送方式、载波聚合和多天线同时的发送方式。That is to say, the transmission mode of the reference signal may include any of the following: frequency hopping and antenna switching transmission mode, carrier aggregation and antenna switching transmission mode, frequency hopping and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode, carrier aggregation and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode sending method.
S703,终端设备710向终端设备720发送响应消息。相对应地,终端设备720接收终端设备710发送的响应消息。S703, the terminal device 710 sends a response message to the terminal device 720. Correspondingly, the terminal device 720 receives the response message sent by the terminal device 710 .
该步骤可以参考S503,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。For this step, reference may be made to S503 , and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
通过S701至S703,终端设备720和终端设备710之间可以完成配置信息和能力信息的交互,即完成第二信息的交互,从而可以确定参考信号的频率资源信息、参考信号的发送方式、和位置信息包括的内容的类型信息。Through S701 to S703, the terminal device 720 and the terminal device 710 can complete the interaction of configuration information and capability information, that is, complete the interaction of the second information, so that the frequency resource information of the reference signal, the transmission method and location of the reference signal can be determined The type information of the content included in the information.
S704,终端设备720在多个天线多个频率资源上发送参考信号。相对应地,终端设备710在多个频率资源上接收参考信号。S704, the terminal device 720 sends reference signals on multiple antennas and multiple frequency resources. Correspondingly, the terminal device 710 receives reference signals on multiple frequency resources.
终端设备720可以在多个天线多个频率资源上发送参考信号。该参考信号的发送方式可以包括以下任意一种:跳频和切换天线的发送方式、载波聚合和切换天线的发送方式、跳频和多天线同时的发送方式、载波聚合和多天线同时的发送方式,本申请对此不作限定。The terminal device 720 may send reference signals on multiple antennas and multiple frequency resources. The transmission mode of the reference signal may include any of the following: frequency hopping and antenna switching transmission mode, carrier aggregation and antenna switching transmission mode, frequency hopping and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode, carrier aggregation and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode , which is not limited in this application.
相对应地,终端设备710至少可以接收终端设备720在多个频率资源上发送的参考信号。终端设备710可以具有单个天线,也可以具有多个天线。当终端设备710具有多个天线时,终端设备710可以在同一个天线上接收并测量参考信号。Correspondingly, the terminal device 710 can at least receive reference signals sent by the terminal device 720 on multiple frequency resources. The terminal device 710 may have a single antenna or multiple antennas. When the terminal device 710 has multiple antennas, the terminal device 710 can receive and measure the reference signal on the same antenna.
示例性的,第一设备可以分别通过第一端口和第二端口发送第一频率资源上的参考信号;分别通过第三端口和第四端口发送第二频率资源上的参考信号。相对应地,终端设备接收第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号和第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号;接收第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号和第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号。Exemplarily, the first device may send the reference signal on the first frequency resource through the first port and the second port respectively; and send the reference signal on the second frequency resource through the third port and the fourth port respectively. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port; receives the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port and A reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
也就是说,第一设备包括第一天线和第二天线,第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号以及第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号均是通过第一天线发送的参考信号,第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号以及第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号均是通过第二天线发送的参考信号。That is to say, the first device includes a first antenna and a second antenna, and the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port are both sent through the first antenna The reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port and the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port are all reference signals sent through the second antenna.
S705,终端设备710测量终端设备720发送的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息。S705, the terminal device 710 measures the phase of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 720, and determines position information.
需要说明的是,终端设备710可以测量终端设备720在多个频率资源上发送的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息。终端设备710可以具有单个天线,也可以具有多个天线。当终端设备710具有多个天线时,终端设备710应当至少在同一个天线上测量参考信号。It should be noted that the terminal device 710 may measure phases of reference signals sent by the terminal device 720 on multiple frequency resources to determine location information. The terminal device 710 may have a single antenna or multiple antennas. When the terminal device 710 has multiple antennas, the terminal device 710 should at least measure the reference signal on the same antenna.
应理解,该位置信息可以包括相位信息和/或相位差信息和/或相位差的差值信息,本申请对此不作限定。It should be understood that the location information may include phase information and/or phase difference information and/or phase difference difference information, which is not limited in the present application.
需要说明的是,参考信号携带标识信息,标识信息用于标识参考信号、发送参考信号的天线或发送参考信号的端口。应理解,每个参考信号都有一个逻辑的端口标识,只需要将该逻辑的端口标识和物理天线关联起来,就可以区别出该参考信号是从哪个天线发送出来的。It should be noted that the reference signal carries identification information, and the identification information is used to identify the reference signal, an antenna for sending the reference signal, or a port for sending the reference signal. It should be understood that each reference signal has a logical port identifier, and only by associating the logical port identifier with a physical antenna can it be distinguished from which antenna the reference signal is sent.
也就是说,相位信息同时关联以下至少一项:一个天线标识和一个频率的标识、一个端口标识和一个频率的标识、一个参考信号标识和一个频率的标识;相位差信息同时关联以下至少一项:两个天线的标识和一个频率的标识、两个端口标识和一个频率的标识、两个参考信号标识和一个频率的标识、一个天线的标识和两个频率的标识、两个端口标识和两个频率的标识、一个参考信号标识和两个频率的标识;相位差的差值信息同时关联以下至少一项:两个天线的标识和两个频率的标识、四个端口标识和两个频率的标识、两个参考信号的标识和两个频率的标识。该部分具体内容可以参考S505,在此不再赘述。That is to say, the phase information is simultaneously associated with at least one of the following: an antenna identifier and a frequency identifier, a port identifier and a frequency identifier, a reference signal identifier and a frequency identifier; the phase difference information is simultaneously associated with at least one of the following : Two antenna IDs and one frequency ID, two port IDs and one frequency ID, two reference signal IDs and one frequency ID, one antenna ID and two frequency IDs, two port IDs and two identification of frequencies, identification of a reference signal, and identification of two frequencies; the difference information of the phase difference is associated with at least one of the following at the same time: identifications of two antennas and identifications of two frequencies, identifications of four ports and identifications of two frequencies identification, identification of two reference signals and identification of two frequencies. For the specific content of this part, reference may be made to S505, which will not be repeated here.
示例性的,假设终端设备720有两个天线,分别为第一天线和第二天线,通过第一天线发送的参考信号可以携带第一端口标识或第三端口标识,通过第二天线发送的参考信号 可以携带第二端口标识或第三端口标识。Exemplarily, assuming that the terminal device 720 has two antennas, namely the first antenna and the second antenna, the reference signal sent through the first antenna may carry the first port identifier or the third port identifier, and the reference signal sent through the second antenna The signal may carry the second port identifier or the third port identifier.
终端设备710通过测量多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号,得到如表2所示的相位值。其中,第一相位对应第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,第二相位对应第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,第三相位对应第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,第四相位对应第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。The terminal device 710 obtains the phase values shown in Table 2 by measuring reference signals on multiple different frequency resources. Wherein, the first phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port, the second phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port, and the third phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal sent by the third port The phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource, the fourth phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port.
表2Table 2
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000047
Figure PCTCN2023070813-appb-000047
终端设备710发送的位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;第一相位差的差值信息;第二相位差的差值信息。The location information sent by the terminal device 710 is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase The difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the first phase difference; the difference information of the second phase difference.
其中,第一相位信息可以包括以下至少一项:第一相位、第一天线的标识和第一频率资源的标识;第一相位、第一端口标识和第一频率资源的标识;第一相位、第一天线在第一频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识和第一频率资源的标识。Wherein, the first phase information may include at least one of the following: the first phase, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the first phase, the identifier of the first port, and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the first phase, An identifier of a reference signal sent by the first antenna on the first frequency resource and an identifier of the first frequency resource.
第二相位信息可以包括以下至少一项:第二相位、第二天线的标识和第一频率资源的标识;第二相位、第二端口标识和第一频率资源的标识;第二相位、第二天线在第一频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识和第一频率资源的标识。The second phase information may include at least one of the following: the second phase, the identifier of the second antenna, and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the second phase, the identifier of the second port, and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the second phase, the second An identifier of a reference signal sent by the antenna on the first frequency resource and an identifier of the first frequency resource.
第三相位信息可以包括以下至少一项:第三相位、第一天线的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第三相位、第三端口标识和第二频率资源的标识;第三相位、第一天线在第二频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识和第二频率资源的标识。The third phase information may include at least one of the following: the third phase, the identifier of the first antenna, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the third phase, the identifier of the third port, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the third phase, the first An identifier of a reference signal sent by the antenna on the second frequency resource and an identifier of the second frequency resource.
第四相位信息可以包括以下至少一项:第四相位、第二天线的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第四相位、第四端口标识和第二频率资源的标识;第四相位、第二天线在第二频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识和第二频率资源的标识。The fourth phase information may include at least one of the following: the fourth phase, the identifier of the second antenna, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the fourth phase, the identifier of the fourth port, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the fourth phase, the identifier of the second An identifier of a reference signal sent by the antenna on the second frequency resource and an identifier of the second frequency resource.
第一相位差信息可以包括以下至少一项:第一相位差、第一天线的标识、第二天线的标识和第一频率资源的标识;第一相位差、第一端口标识、第二端口标识和第一频率资源的标识;第一相位差、第一端口在第一频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识、第二端口在第一频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识和第一频率资源的标识。其中,第一相位差为第一相位与第二相位的相位差。The first phase difference information may include at least one of the following: the first phase difference, the identifier of the first antenna, the identifier of the second antenna, and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the first phase difference, the identifier of the first port, and the identifier of the second port and the identifier of the first frequency resource; the first phase difference, the identifier of the reference signal sent by the first port on the first frequency resource, the identifier of the reference signal sent by the second port on the first frequency resource, and the identifier of the first frequency resource logo. Wherein, the first phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the second phase.
第二相位差信息可以包括以下至少一项:第二相位差、第一天线的标识、第二天线的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第二相位差、第三端口标识、第四端口标识和第二频率资源的标识;第二相位差、第三端口在第二频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识、第四端口在第二频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识和第二频率资源的标识。其中,第二相位差为第三相位与第四相位的相位差。The second phase difference information may include at least one of the following: the second phase difference, the identifier of the first antenna, the identifier of the second antenna, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the second phase difference, the identifier of the third port, and the identifier of the fourth port and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the second phase difference, the identifier of the reference signal sent by the third port on the second frequency resource, the identifier of the reference signal sent by the fourth port on the second frequency resource, and the identifier of the second frequency resource logo. Wherein, the second phase difference is a phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase.
第三相位差信息可以包括以下至少一项:第三相位差、第一天线的标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第三相位差、第一端口标识、第三端口标识、第一频率 资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第三相位差、第一端口在第一频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识、第三端口在第二频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识。其中,第三相位差为第一相位与第三相位的相位差。The third phase difference information may include at least one of the following: the third phase difference, the identifier of the first antenna, the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the third phase difference, the identifier of the first port, the identifier of the third port An identifier, an identifier of the first frequency resource, and an identifier of the second frequency resource; a third phase difference, an identifier of a reference signal sent by the first port on the first frequency resource, and a reference signal sent by the third port on the second frequency resource An identifier of , an identifier of the first frequency resource, and an identifier of the second frequency resource. Wherein, the third phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the third phase.
第四相位差信息可以包括以下至少一项:第四相位差、第二天线的标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第四相位差、第二端口标识、第四端口标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第四相位差、第二端口在第一频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识、第四端口在第二频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识。其中,第四相位差为第二相位与第四相位的相位差。The fourth phase difference information may include at least one of the following: the fourth phase difference, the identifier of the second antenna, the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; the fourth phase difference, the identifier of the second port, the identifier of the fourth port Identification, identification of the first frequency resource and identification of the second frequency resource; fourth phase difference, identification of the reference signal sent by the second port on the first frequency resource, and reference signal sent by the fourth port on the second frequency resource An identifier of , an identifier of the first frequency resource, and an identifier of the second frequency resource. Wherein, the fourth phase difference is a phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase.
第一相位差的差值信息可以包括以下至少一项:第一相位差的差值、第一天线的标识、第二天线的标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第一相位差的差值、第一端口标识、第二端口标识、第三端口标识、第四端口标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第一相位差的差值、第一端口和第二端口在第一频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识、第三端口和第四端口在第二频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识。其中,第一相位差的差值为第一相位差与第二相位差的差值。The difference information of the first phase difference may include at least one of the following: the difference of the first phase difference, the identifier of the first antenna, the identifier of the second antenna, the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; A phase difference difference, the first port ID, the second port ID, the third port ID, the fourth port ID, the ID of the first frequency resource, and the ID of the second frequency resource; the difference of the first phase difference, the ID of the second The identification of the reference signal sent by the first port and the second port on the first frequency resource, the identification of the reference signal sent by the third port and the fourth port on the second frequency resource, the identification of the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource logo. Wherein, the difference of the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference.
第二相位差的差值信息可以包括以下至少一项:第一相位差的差值、第一天线的标识、第二天线的标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第一相位差的差值、第一端口标识、第二端口标识、第三端口标识、第四端口标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识;第一相位差的差值、第一端口和第二端口在第一频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识、第三端口和第四端口在第二频率资源上发送的参考信号的标识、第一频率资源的标识和第二频率资源的标识。其中,第二相位差的差值为第三相位差与第四相位差的差值。The difference information of the second phase difference may include at least one of the following: the difference of the first phase difference, the identifier of the first antenna, the identifier of the second antenna, the identifier of the first frequency resource, and the identifier of the second frequency resource; A phase difference difference, the first port ID, the second port ID, the third port ID, the fourth port ID, the ID of the first frequency resource, and the ID of the second frequency resource; the difference of the first phase difference, the ID of the second The identification of the reference signal sent by the first port and the second port on the first frequency resource, the identification of the reference signal sent by the third port and the fourth port on the second frequency resource, the identification of the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource logo. Wherein, the difference of the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
应理解,相位差信息和相位差的差值信息中除了要带有天线标识或者频率资源标识,还指示相位做差的顺序或者相位差做差的顺序。具体可以参考S505,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the phase difference information and the phase difference value information not only need to include antenna identifiers or frequency resource identifiers, but also indicate the order of making phase differences or the order of making phase differences. For details, reference may be made to S505, which will not be repeated here.
还应理解,终端设备720还可以在更多的天线上以及在更多的资源频率上发送参考信号,本申请对此不作限定。It should also be understood that the terminal device 720 may also send reference signals on more antennas and more resource frequencies, which is not limited in this application.
S705,终端设备710向终端设备720发送位置信息。相对应地,终端设备720接收终端设备710发送的位置信息。S705, the terminal device 710 sends the location information to the terminal device 720 . Correspondingly, the terminal device 720 receives the location information sent by the terminal device 710 .
S706,终端设备720计算离开角。S706, the terminal device 720 calculates the departure angle.
在该步骤中,终端设备720可以根据终端设备710测量得到的位置信息以及自身的定位辅助信息计算离开角。In this step, the terminal device 720 may calculate the departure angle according to the position information measured by the terminal device 710 and its own positioning assistance information.
在一个示例中,若位置信息包括第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息和第四相位信息,定位辅助信息包括第一天线和第二天线的相对位置,则终端设备520可以根据公式3、公式7、公式8以及公式10确定出离开角。In an example, if the location information includes the first phase information, the second phase information, the third phase information, and the fourth phase information, and the positioning assistance information includes the relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna, the terminal device 520 may, according to Equation 3, Equation 7, Equation 8, and Equation 10 determine the angle of departure.
在另一个示例中,若位置信息包括第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息,或者第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息,定位辅助信息包括第一天线和第二天线的相对位置,则终端设备520可以根据公式7、公式8以及公式10确定出离开角。In another example, if the location information includes first phase difference information and second phase difference information, or third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information, and the positioning assistance information includes relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna, Then the terminal device 520 can determine the departure angle according to formula 7, formula 8 and formula 10.
在又一个示例中,若位置信息包括第一相位差的差值信息或者第二相位差的差值信息,定位辅助信息包括第一天线和第二天线的相对位置,则终端设备520可以根据公式10确定出离开角。In yet another example, if the location information includes the difference information of the first phase difference or the difference information of the second phase difference, and the positioning assistance information includes the relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna, then the terminal device 520 may use the formula 10 Determine the departure angle.
在本申请实施例中,第一设备可以通过不同天线发送承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号,终端设备测量在多个不同的频率资源上发送的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息,并将该位置信息发送给第一设备,从而使得第一设备可以根据该位置信息和自身的定位辅助信息确定唯一的离开角,进而能够解决测角模糊的问题。In this embodiment of the present application, the first device may send reference signals carried on different frequency resources through different antennas, and the terminal device measures the phases of the reference signals sent on multiple different frequency resources, determines the location information, and sends the The location information is sent to the first device, so that the first device can determine a unique angle of departure according to the location information and its own positioning assistance information, thereby solving the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图8所示的方法800可以包括S801至S808,主要涉及在sidelink定位场景下,终端设备820(图4中所述的第一设备的一例)通过多天线在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号,终端设备810(图4中所述的终端设备的一例)通过同一个天线接收承载在不同的频率资源上的参考信号后,可以测量该承载在不同的频率资源上的参考信号得到相位信息,并根据该相位信息以及终端设备820发送的定位辅助信息完成离开角的解算。下面详细说明该方法800中的各个步骤。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 800 shown in FIG. 8 may include S801 to S808, which mainly involves that in the sidelink positioning scenario, the terminal device 820 (an example of the first device described in FIG. 4 ) sends references on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas. After receiving the reference signals carried on different frequency resources through the same antenna, the terminal device 810 (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4 ) can measure the reference signals carried on different frequency resources to obtain phase information , and complete the calculation of the departure angle according to the phase information and the positioning assistance information sent by the terminal device 820 . Each step in the method 800 is described in detail below.
S801,终端设备810向终端设备820发送请求消息。相对应地,终端设备820接收终端设备810发送的请求消息。S801, the terminal device 810 sends a request message to the terminal device 820. Correspondingly, the terminal device 820 receives the request message sent by the terminal device 810 .
S802,终端设备820向终端设备810发送配置信息和能力信息。相对应地,终端设备810接收终端设备820发送的配置信息和能力信息。S802, the terminal device 820 sends configuration information and capability information to the terminal device 810. Correspondingly, the terminal device 810 receives the configuration information and capability information sent by the terminal device 820 .
S803,终端设备810向终端设备820发送响应消息。相对应地,终端设备820接收终端设备810发送的响应消息。S803, the terminal device 810 sends a response message to the terminal device 820. Correspondingly, the terminal device 820 receives the response message sent by the terminal device 810 .
S804,终端设备820在多个天线多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号。相对应地,终端设备810在多个不同的频率资源上接收参考信号。S804, the terminal device 820 sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources of multiple antennas. Correspondingly, the terminal device 810 receives reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
S805,终端设备810测量终端设备820发送的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息。S805, the terminal device 810 measures the phase of the reference signal sent by the terminal device 820, and determines position information.
S801至S805可以参考S701至S705,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。S801 to S805 may refer to S701 to S705, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
S806,终端设备820向终端设备810发送定位辅助信息。相对应地,终端设备810接收终端设备820发送的定位辅助信息。S806, the terminal device 820 sends the positioning assistance information to the terminal device 810. Correspondingly, the terminal device 810 receives the positioning assistance information sent by the terminal device 820 .
定位辅助信息包括终端设备820的天线之间的相对位置信息。该定位辅助信息相关内容可以参考S506,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。The positioning assistance information includes relative position information between antennas of the terminal device 820 . For the relevant content of the positioning assistance information, reference may be made to S506, and for the sake of brevity, details will not be described here.
S807,终端设备810计算离开角。S807, the terminal device 810 calculates the departure angle.
在该步骤中,终端设备810可以根据测量得到的位置信息以及终端设备820发送的定位辅助信息计算离开角。计算离开角的具体内容可以参考S706,在此不再赘述。In this step, the terminal device 810 may calculate the departure angle according to the measured location information and the positioning assistance information sent by the terminal device 820 . For the specific content of calculating the departure angle, reference may be made to S706, which will not be repeated here.
S808,终端设备810将计算的离开角发送给终端设备820。相对应地,终端设备820接收终端设备810发送的离开角。S808, the terminal device 810 sends the calculated departure angle to the terminal device 820. Correspondingly, the terminal device 820 receives the departure angle sent by the terminal device 810 .
在本申请实施例中,第一设备可以通过不同天线发送承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号,终端设备可以测量多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息,根据该位置信息和第一设备发送的定位辅助信息确定唯一的离开角,并将该离开角发送给第一设备。由于该离开角是唯一的,因此能够解决测角模糊的问题。In this embodiment of the present application, the first device may transmit reference signals carried on different frequency resources through different antennas, and the terminal device may measure the phases of the reference signals on multiple different frequency resources to determine the location information, and according to the location information Determine a unique departure angle with the positioning assistance information sent by the first device, and send the departure angle to the first device. Since the departure angle is unique, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved.
图9是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图9所示的方法900可以包括步骤S901至步骤S912,主要涉及在NR定位场景下,gNB/TRP(图4中所述的第一设备的一例)通过多个天线在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号,UE(图4中所述的终端设备的一例)通过接收并测量多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息,并将该位置信息发送给LMF,LMF将位置信息转发给gNB/TRP。gNB/TRP根据该位置信息完成离开角的解算后,将该离开角发送给LMF。在本申请中gNB/TRP可以有多 个,通过多个gNB/TRP可以唯一确定UE的位置。下面详细说明该方法900中的各个步骤。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 900 shown in FIG. 9 may include steps S901 to S912, mainly involving in the NR positioning scenario, the gNB/TRP (an example of the first device described in FIG. 4 ) uses multiple antennas on multiple different frequency resources The UE (an example of the terminal equipment described in FIG. 4 ) determines the position information by receiving and measuring the phases of the reference signals on a plurality of different frequency resources, and sends the position information to the LMF, and the LMF will The location information is forwarded to gNB/TRP. After the gNB/TRP completes the calculation of the departure angle according to the position information, it sends the departure angle to the LMF. In this application, there may be multiple gNBs/TRPs, and the location of the UE can be uniquely determined through multiple gNBs/TRPs. Each step in the method 900 is described in detail below.
S901,LMF和gNB/TRP之间通过NR定位协议A(NR positioning protocol A,NRPPa)进行配置信息交互。S901, configuration information is exchanged between the LMF and the gNB/TRP through the NR positioning protocol A (NR positioning protocol A, NRPPa).
具体地,gNB/TRP结合自身的天线间距和所使用的频率资源,判定是否存在测角模糊风险,决定是否需要在多个频率资源上发送参考信号,以及参考信号的发送方式。Specifically, gNB/TRP determines whether there is a risk of angle measurement ambiguity based on its own antenna spacing and frequency resources used, and decides whether it is necessary to send reference signals on multiple frequency resources and how to send reference signals.
其中,判定是否存在测角模糊风险的具体内容可以参考步骤S502。参考信号的发送方式包括以下任意一种:跳频和切换天线的发送方式、载波聚合和切换天线的发送方式、跳频和多天线同时的发送方式、载波聚合和多天线同时的发送方式。Wherein, the specific content of judging whether there is an angle measurement ambiguity risk can refer to step S502. The transmission mode of the reference signal includes any one of the following: frequency hopping and antenna switching transmission mode, carrier aggregation and antenna switching transmission mode, frequency hopping and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode, carrier aggregation and multi-antenna simultaneous transmission mode.
需要说明的是,该gNB/TRP可以有多个,该多个gNB/TRP可以分别与LMF之间通过NRPPa进行配置信息交互。It should be noted that there may be multiple gNBs/TRPs, and the multiple gNBs/TRPs may exchange configuration information with the LMF respectively through NRPPa.
S902,LMF和UE之间通过LTE定位协议(LTE positioning protocol,LPP)进行能力信息交互。S902, the LMF and the UE perform capability information exchange through an LTE positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP).
具体地,UE可以根据自身的能力,确定是否支持在多个不同的频率下进行相位测量,以及UE所支持的参考信号的发送方式发送给LMF,从而完成能力信息交互。Specifically, the UE can determine whether to support phase measurement at multiple different frequencies according to its own capabilities, and send the reference signal transmission mode supported by the UE to the LMF, so as to complete capability information exchange.
S903,LMF通过NRPPa向gNB/TRP发送定位辅助请求信息。相对应地,gNB/TRP接收LMF发送的定位辅助请求信息。S903, the LMF sends positioning assistance request information to the gNB/TRP through the NRPPa. Correspondingly, the gNB/TRP receives the positioning assistance request information sent by the LMF.
在该步骤中,该定位辅助请求信息主要包括现有标准中支持的参考信号的配置信息,地理位置信息等。In this step, the positioning assistance request information mainly includes configuration information of reference signals supported in existing standards, geographic location information, and the like.
需要说明的是,该gNB/TRP可以有多个,LMF可以通过NRPPa向各个gNB/TRP发送定位辅助请求信息。It should be noted that there may be multiple gNB/TRPs, and the LMF may send positioning assistance request information to each gNB/TRP through NRPPa.
S904,gNB/TRP通过NRPPa向LMF发送定位辅助响应信息。相对应地,LMF接收gNB/TRP发送的定位辅助响应信息。S904, the gNB/TRP sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF through the NRPPa. Correspondingly, the LMF receives the positioning assistance response information sent by the gNB/TRP.
具体地,gNB/TRP根据接收的定位辅助请求信息,通过NRPPa向LMF发送定位辅助响应信息,用于响应该定位辅助请求信息。Specifically, the gNB/TRP sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF through NRPPa according to the received positioning assistance request information, for responding to the positioning assistance request information.
需要说明的是,该gNB/TRP可以有多个,每个gNB/TRP均可以通过NRPPa向LMF发送定位辅助响应信息。It should be noted that there may be multiple gNB/TRPs, and each gNB/TRP may send positioning assistance response information to the LMF through NRPPa.
S905,LMF通过LPP向UE提供辅助信息。相对应地,UE接收LMF发送的辅助信息。S905, the LMF provides the auxiliary information to the UE through the LPP. Correspondingly, the UE receives the auxiliary information sent by the LMF.
该辅助信息主要包括参考信号的配置信息,该配置信息可以包括参考信号的带宽、梳齿形式等,具体内容可以参考现有协议,在此不再赘述。The auxiliary information mainly includes the configuration information of the reference signal, and the configuration information may include the bandwidth of the reference signal, the form of the comb, and the like. For specific content, reference may be made to existing protocols, which will not be repeated here.
S906,LMF通过LPP向UE发送请求定位信息。相对应地,UE接收LMF发送的请求定位信息。S906, the LMF sends request location information to the UE through the LPP. Correspondingly, the UE receives the location request information sent by the LMF.
LMF可以通过LPP向UE发送请求定位信息,该请求定位信息主要用于请求UE测量gNB/TRP通过多个天线在多个不同的频率资源上发送的参考信号的相位信息。The LMF may send location request information to the UE through the LPP. The location request information is mainly used to request the UE to measure the phase information of the reference signal sent by the gNB/TRP on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas.
可选地,该请求定位信息可以指示UE利用同一个天线进行测量。Optionally, the location request information may indicate that the UE uses the same antenna for measurement.
可选地,该请求定位信息还可以指示是上报相位信息、相位差信息、相位差的差值信息中的一种或者多种。Optionally, the requested positioning information may also indicate that one or more of phase information, phase difference information, and phase difference difference information is to be reported.
S907,gNB/TRP通过多个天线在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号。S907, the gNB/TRP sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas.
需要说明的是,当gNB/TRP只有一个时,该gNB/TRP能够在不同的天线上向UE发 送多个不同的频率资源的参考信号,以确定UE和gNB/TRP之间的角度关系;当gNB/TRP有多个时,该多个gNB/TRP可以分别通过自身的多个天线在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号,以确定UE的位置。It should be noted that when there is only one gNB/TRP, the gNB/TRP can send multiple reference signals of different frequency resources to the UE on different antennas to determine the angular relationship between the UE and the gNB/TRP; when When there are multiple gNBs/TRPs, the multiple gNBs/TRPs can respectively send reference signals on multiple different frequency resources through their own multiple antennas, so as to determine the position of the UE.
该参考信号可以为一个,也可以为多个,也就是说,该一个gNB/TRP或多个gNB/TRP可以分别发送一个参考信号,该参考信号由多个频率资源共同承载,该一个gNB/TRP或多个gNB/TRP还可以发送多个参考信号,该多个参考信号可以分别承载在多个不同的频率资源上,本申请对此不作限定。The reference signal can be one or multiple, that is to say, the one gNB/TRP or multiple gNB/TRPs can respectively send a reference signal, and the reference signal is jointly carried by multiple frequency resources, and the one gNB/TRP The TRP or multiple gNBs/TRPs may also send multiple reference signals, and the multiple reference signals may be respectively carried on multiple different frequency resources, which is not limited in this application.
该步骤具体内容可以参考S401,在此不再赘述。For the specific content of this step, reference may be made to S401, which will not be repeated here.
S908,UE测量gNB/TRP发送的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息。S908, the UE measures the phase of the reference signal sent by the gNB/TRP to determine location information.
S909,UE通过LPP向LMF发送位置信息。相对应地,LMF接收UE发送的位置信息。S909, the UE sends location information to the LMF through the LPP. Correspondingly, the LMF receives the location information sent by the UE.
S908和S909可以分别参考S705和S706,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。S908 and S909 may refer to S705 and S706 respectively, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
S910,LMF通过NRPPa向参与定位的gNB/TRP发送位置信息。参与定位的gNB/TRP接收LMF发送的位置信息。S910, the LMF sends location information to the gNB/TRP participating in positioning through NRPPa. The gNB/TRP participating in positioning receives the location information sent by the LMF.
可选地,LMF可以通过NRPPa向对应的gNB/TRP发送位置信息,例如,通过gNB/TRP 1的参考信号测量得到的相位信息发送gNB/TRP 1;通过gNB/TRP 2的参考信号测量得到的相位信息发送gNB/TRP 2,以此类推。Optionally, the LMF can send position information to the corresponding gNB/TRP through NRPPa, for example, the phase information obtained by measuring the reference signal of gNB/TRP 1 is sent to gNB/TRP 1; the phase information obtained by measuring the reference signal of gNB/TRP 2 Phase information is sent to gNB/TRP 2, and so on.
可选地,LMF可以通过NRPPa向每个gNB/TRP均发送位置信息,也就是说,给每个gNB/TRP发送所有的相位信息。示例性的,通过gNB/TRP 1的参考信号测量得到的相位信息、通过gNB/TRP 2的参考信号测量得到的相位信息可以都发送gNB/TRP 1,同时也可以都发送给gNB/TRP 2,gNB/TRP 1能够从多个相位信息中确定属于自身发送的参考信号的相位信息。Optionally, the LMF may send location information to each gNB/TRP through NRPPa, that is, send all phase information to each gNB/TRP. Exemplarily, the phase information obtained by measuring the reference signal of gNB/TRP 1 and the phase information obtained by measuring the reference signal of gNB/TRP 2 can both be sent to gNB/TRP 1, and can also be sent to gNB/TRP 2 at the same time, gNB/TRP 1 can determine the phase information of the reference signal sent by itself from multiple phase information.
S911,gNB/TRP计算离开角。S911. The gNB/TRP calculates the departure angle.
在该步骤中,gNB/TRP可以根据UE发送的位置信息和LMF发送的gNB/TRP的定位辅助信息,计算离开角。计算离开角的具体内容可以参考S706,在此不再赘述。In this step, the gNB/TRP can calculate the departure angle according to the location information sent by the UE and the positioning assistance information of the gNB/TRP sent by the LMF. For the specific content of calculating the departure angle, reference may be made to S706, which will not be repeated here.
S912,gNB/TRP通过NRPPa向LMF发送计算出来的离开角。相对应地,LMF接收gNB/TRP发送的离开角。S912. The gNB/TRP sends the calculated departure angle to the LMF through the NRPPa. Correspondingly, the LMF receives the departure angle sent by the gNB/TRP.
在本申请实施例中,基站可以在不同天线上发送承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号,终端设备可以测量不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息,并将该位置信息发送给LMF,由LMF将该位置信息转发给基站,基站根据该位置信息和自身的定位辅助信息确定唯一的离开角。由于该离开角是唯一的,因此能够解决测角模糊的问题。进一步地,由于基站可以有多个,因此确定的离开角也有多个,并且该多个离开角都是唯一的,基站可以根据该多个唯一的离开角唯一确定终端设备的位置,从而也可以解决定位模糊的问题。In this embodiment of the application, the base station can transmit reference signals carried on different frequency resources on different antennas, and the terminal device can measure the phase of the reference signals on different frequency resources, determine the location information, and send the location information to the LMF , the LMF forwards the location information to the base station, and the base station determines a unique departure angle according to the location information and its own positioning assistance information. Since the departure angle is unique, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved. Further, since there may be multiple base stations, there are also multiple determined departure angles, and the multiple departure angles are all unique, and the base station can uniquely determine the position of the terminal device according to the multiple unique departure angles, so that Solve the problem of ambiguous positioning.
图10是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图10所示的方法1000可以包括S1001至S1012,主要涉及在NR定位场景下,服务gNB/TRP(图4中所述的第一设备的一例)和邻近gNB/TRP分别通过多天线在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号,UE(图4中所述的终端设备的一例)通过接收并测量多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息,并将该位置信息发送给服务gNB/TRP。服务gNB/TRP根据该位置信息完成离开角的解算后,将该离开角发送给LMF。在本申请中邻近gNB/TRP可以有多个,通过服务gNB/TRP和多个邻近gNB/TRP可以确定UE的位置,从而达到无模糊定 位的效果。下面详细说明该方法1000中的各个步骤。FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 1000 shown in FIG. 10 may include S1001 to S1012, which mainly involves in the NR positioning scenario, the serving gNB/TRP (an example of the first device described in FIG. The reference signal is sent on different frequency resources, and the UE (an example of the terminal device described in FIG. 4 ) determines the location information by receiving and measuring the phases of the reference signals on multiple different frequency resources, and sends the location information to Serving gNB/TRP. After the serving gNB/TRP completes the calculation of the departure angle according to the location information, it sends the departure angle to the LMF. In this application, there may be multiple neighboring gNB/TRPs, and the position of the UE can be determined through the serving gNB/TRP and multiple neighboring gNB/TRPs, so as to achieve the effect of unambiguous positioning. Each step in the method 1000 is described in detail below.
S1001,LMF和服务gNB/TRP、LMF和邻近gNB/TRP之间通过NRPPa进行配置信息交互。S1001, LMF and serving gNB/TRP, LMF and neighboring gNB/TRP perform configuration information exchange through NRPPa.
其中,服务gNB/TRP可以理解为是能够与UE进行通信的基站或者节点,邻近gNB/TRP可以理解为与UE邻近的基站或者节点,也就是说,UE能够接收到邻近gNB/TRP发送的参考信号。Among them, the serving gNB/TRP can be understood as a base station or node that can communicate with the UE, and the adjacent gNB/TRP can be understood as a base station or node adjacent to the UE, that is, the UE can receive the reference information sent by the adjacent gNB/TRP. Signal.
该步骤具体内容可以参考S901,在此不再赘述。For the specific content of this step, reference may be made to S901, which will not be repeated here.
S1002,LMF和UE之间通过LPP进行能力信息交互。S1002, the LMF and the UE perform capability information exchange through the LPP.
该步骤具体内容可以参考S902,在此不再赘述。For the specific content of this step, reference may be made to S902, which will not be repeated here.
S1003,LMF通过NRPPa向邻近gNB/TRP发送定位辅助请求信息。相对应地,邻近gNB/TRP接收LMF发送的定位辅助请求信息。S1003, the LMF sends positioning assistance request information to the neighboring gNB/TRP through the NRPPa. Correspondingly, the adjacent gNB/TRP receives the positioning assistance request information sent by the LMF.
在该步骤中,LMF通过NRPPa向服务gNB/TRP发送定位辅助请求信息,该定位辅助请求信息主要包括现有标准中支持的参考信号的配置信息,地理位置信息等,可以不包括定位辅助信息。LMF通过NRPPa向邻近gNB/TRP发送定位辅助请求信息,该定位辅助请求信息除了现有标准中支持的参考信号的配置信息,地理位置信息等,还可以包括邻近gNB/TRP内天线的相对位置信息,即定位辅助信息。In this step, the LMF sends the positioning assistance request information to the serving gNB/TRP through NRPPa. The positioning assistance request information mainly includes configuration information of reference signals supported in existing standards, geographic location information, etc., and may not include positioning assistance information. LMF sends positioning assistance request information to neighboring gNB/TRP through NRPPa. In addition to the reference signal configuration information and geographical location information supported in the existing standards, the positioning assistance request information can also include relative position information of antennas in neighboring gNB/TRP , that is, positioning assistance information.
S1004,邻近gNB/TRP通过NRPPa向LMF发送定位辅助响应信息。相对应地,LMF接收邻近gNB/TRP发送的定位辅助响应信息。S1004, the neighboring gNB/TRP sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF through NRPPa. Correspondingly, the LMF receives the positioning assistance response information sent by the neighboring gNB/TRP.
S1005,LMF通过LPP向UE提供辅助信息。相对应地,UE接收LMF发送的辅助信息。S1005, the LMF provides auxiliary information to the UE through the LPP. Correspondingly, the UE receives the auxiliary information sent by the LMF.
S1006,LMF通过LPP向UE发送请求定位信息。相对应地,UE接收LMF发送的请求定位信息。S1006, the LMF sends request location information to the UE through the LPP. Correspondingly, the UE receives the location request information sent by the LMF.
S1007,服务gNB/TRP和邻近gNB/TRP分别通过多个天线在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号。相对应地,UE在多个不同的频率资源上接收服务gNB/TRP和邻近gNB/TRP发送的参考信号。S1007, the serving gNB/TRP and the neighboring gNB/TRP respectively transmit reference signals on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas. Correspondingly, the UE receives reference signals sent by the serving gNB/TRP and the neighboring gNB/TRP on multiple different frequency resources.
S1008,UE测量服务gNB/TRP和邻近gNB/TRP发送的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息。S1008, the UE measures the phases of the reference signals sent by the serving gNB/TRP and the neighboring gNB/TRP, and determines location information.
S1004至S1008可以分别参考S904至S908,此处不再赘述。For S1004 to S1008, reference may be made to S904 to S908 respectively, which will not be repeated here.
S1009,UE通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)向服务gNB/TRP发送位置信息。相对应地,服务gNB/TRP通过RRC接收UE发送的位置信息。S1009, the UE sends location information to the serving gNB/TRP through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC). Correspondingly, the serving gNB/TRP receives the location information sent by the UE through RRC.
在该步骤中,UE可以直接通过RRC向服务gNB/TRP发送位置信息,该位置信息可以包括相位信息和/或相位差信息和/或相位差的差值信息,本申请对此不作限定。In this step, the UE may directly send location information to the serving gNB/TRP through RRC, and the location information may include phase information and/or phase difference information and/or phase difference difference information, which is not limited in this application.
S1010,LMF通过NRPPa向服务gNB/TRP发送邻近gNB/TRP的天线配置信息。相对应地,服务gNB/TRP接收LMF发送的邻近gNB/TRP的天线配置信息。S1010, the LMF sends the antenna configuration information of the neighboring gNB/TRP to the serving gNB/TRP through the NRPPa. Correspondingly, the serving gNB/TRP receives the antenna configuration information of the neighboring gNB/TRP sent by the LMF.
在该步骤中,LMF通过NRPPa向服务gNB/TRP发送各个邻近gNB/TRP的天线配置信息,主要可以包括各个邻近gNB/TRP的天线之间的相对位置信息。In this step, the LMF sends the antenna configuration information of each adjacent gNB/TRP to the serving gNB/TRP through NRPPa, which may mainly include relative position information between antennas of each adjacent gNB/TRP.
S1010,服务gNB/TRP计算离开角。S1010, the serving gNB/TRP calculates the departure angle.
在该步骤中,服务gNB/TRP可以根据UE发送的位置信息和LMF发送的各个gNB/TRP的定位辅助信息,计算离开角。计算离开角的具体内容可以参考S706,在此不再赘述。In this step, the serving gNB/TRP can calculate the departure angle according to the location information sent by the UE and the positioning assistance information of each gNB/TRP sent by the LMF. For the specific content of calculating the departure angle, reference may be made to S706, which will not be repeated here.
S1012,服务gNB/TRP通过NRPPa向LMF发送计算出来的所有gNB/TRP的离开角。相对应地,LMF接收服务gNB/TRP发送的离开角。S1012, the serving gNB/TRP sends the calculated departure angles of all gNB/TRPs to the LMF through NRPPa. Correspondingly, the LMF receives the departure angle sent by the serving gNB/TRP.
在本申请实施例中,服务基站和邻近基站均可以在不同天线上发送承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号,终端设备可以测量不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息,并将该位置信息发送给服务基站,服务基站根据该位置信息和自身的定位辅助信息确定唯一的离开角。由于该离开角是唯一的,因此能够解决测角模糊的问题。进一步地,服务基站还可以接收各个邻近基站的定位辅助信息,服务基站可以根据位置信息和各个邻近基站的定位辅助信息唯一确定离开角。由于邻近基站可以有多个,因此,确定的离开角也有多个,并且该多个离开角都是唯一的,从而利用本申请提供的方法,还可以唯一确定终端设备的位置,进而也可以解决定位模糊的问题。In this embodiment of the application, the serving base station and the neighboring base station can both transmit reference signals carried on different frequency resources on different antennas, and the terminal device can measure the phases of the reference signals on different frequency resources, determine the location information, and send the The location information is sent to the serving base station, and the serving base station determines a unique departure angle according to the location information and its own positioning assistance information. Since the departure angle is unique, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved. Further, the serving base station may also receive the positioning assistance information of each adjacent base station, and the serving base station may uniquely determine the departure angle according to the location information and the positioning assistance information of each adjacent base station. Since there may be multiple adjacent base stations, there are also multiple determined departure angles, and the multiple departure angles are all unique. Therefore, using the method provided by this application, the position of the terminal device can also be uniquely determined, and then it can also solve the problem of The problem of ambiguous positioning.
图11是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。如图11所示,该方法1100主要应用于NR定位场景,涉及终端设备、第一设备和核心网设备之间的交互。图11所示的方法1100包括S1101至S1104,下面详细说明该方法1100中的各个步骤。Fig. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11 , the method 1100 is mainly applied in an NR positioning scenario, and involves interaction between a terminal device, a first device and a core network device. The method 1100 shown in FIG. 11 includes S1101 to S1104, and each step in the method 1100 will be described in detail below.
S1101,第一设备向核心网设备发送定位辅助信息。相对应地,核心网设备接收第一设备发送的定位辅助信息。S1101. The first device sends positioning assistance information to a core network device. Correspondingly, the core network device receives the positioning assistance information sent by the first device.
该定位辅助信息用于指示第一设备天线的相对位置。例如,该定位辅助信息可以指示第一设备的第一天线和第二天线的相对位置。The positioning assistance information is used to indicate the relative position of the antenna of the first device. For example, the positioning assistance information may indicate the relative positions of the first antenna and the second antenna of the first device.
S1102,第一设备在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号。相对应地,终端设备接收多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号。S1102. The first device sends reference signals on multiple different frequency resources. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives multiple reference signals on different frequency resources.
该步骤具体内容可以参考S401,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。For the specific content of this step, refer to S401, and to avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
S1103,终端设备发送位置信息。相对应地,核心网设备接收来自终端设备的位置信息。S1103. The terminal device sends location information. Correspondingly, the core network device receives the location information from the terminal device.
其中,该位置信息可以基于多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定。Wherein, the location information may be determined based on phase measurement results of reference signals on multiple different frequency resources.
例如,该位置信息基于承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定。For example, the position information is determined based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource.
可选地,位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息。其中,第一相位差信息是根据第一相位和第二相位得到的,第二相位差信息是根据第三相位和第四相位得到的,第三相位差信息是根据第一相位和第三相位得到的,第四相位差信息是根据第二相位和第四相位得到的,相位差的差值信息是根据第一相位、第二相位、第三相位和第四相位得到的。Optionally, the location information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase The difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference. Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase, the second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase, and the third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase Thus, the fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase, and the phase difference difference information is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
进一步地,第一相位信息包括第一相位;第二相位信息包括第二相位;第三相位信息包括第三相位;第四相位信息包括第四相位;第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值。其中,第一相位差为第一相位与第二相位的相位差;第二相位差为第三相位与第四相位的相位差;第三相位差为第一相位与第三相位的相位差;第四相位差为第二相位与第四相位的相位差;第一相位差的差值为第一相位差与第二相位差的差值;第二相位差的差值为第三相位差与第四相位差的差值。Further, the first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the fourth phase information includes the fourth phase; the first phase difference information includes the first phase difference; The second phase difference information includes the second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes the third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes the fourth phase difference; the difference value information of the phase difference includes the difference value of the first phase difference or the second phase difference The difference in phase difference. Wherein, the first phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the second phase; the second phase difference is the phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase; the third phase difference is the phase difference between the first phase and the third phase; The fourth phase difference is the phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase; the difference between the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference; the difference between the second phase difference is the third phase difference and The difference of the fourth phase difference.
S1104,核心网设备根据定位辅助信息和位置信息确定离开角。S1104. The core network device determines the departure angle according to the positioning assistance information and the location information.
核心网设备根据定位辅助信息可以确定第一设备天线的相对位置,根据位置信息可以确定在不同频率资源上参考信号的相位信息,从而可以根据公式10确定离开角。The core network device can determine the relative position of the antenna of the first device according to the positioning assistance information, and can determine the phase information of the reference signal on different frequency resources according to the position information, so that the departure angle can be determined according to formula 10.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备接收承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号,并向核心网设备发送用于确定离开角的位置信息,第一设备向核心网设备发送定位辅助信息,以便核心网设备根据位置信息和定位辅助信息便确定离开角。由于位置信息基于多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定,且位置信息用于确定离开角,那么可以理解为离开角也是基于承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号确定,这样在NR定位场景中可以确定唯一的离开角,进而能够解决测角模糊的问题。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device receives reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources, and sends location information for determining the departure angle to the core network device, and the first device sends positioning assistance information to the core network device, So that the core network device can determine the departure angle according to the position information and the positioning assistance information. Since the location information is determined based on the phase measurement results of reference signals on multiple different frequency resources, and the location information is used to determine the departure angle, it can be understood that the departure angle is also determined based on the reference signals carried on different frequency resources, so that in In the NR positioning scene, a unique departure angle can be determined, which can solve the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement.
图12是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的示意性流程图。图12所示的方法1200可以包括S1201至S1210,主要涉及在NR定位场景下,gNB/TRP(图11中所述的第一设备的一例)通过多天线在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号,UE(图11中所述的终端设备的一例)通过接收并测量gNB/TRP通过不同天线发送的承载在多个不同的频率资源上的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息,并将该位置信息发送给LMF,LMF(图11中所述的核心网设备的一例)完成离开角的解算。在本申请中gNB/TRP可以有多个,通过多个gNB/TRP可以确定UE的位置,从而达到无模糊定位的效果。下面详细说明该方法1200中的各个步骤。Fig. 12 is a schematic flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 1200 shown in FIG. 12 may include S1201 to S1210, which mainly involves that in the NR positioning scenario, the gNB/TRP (an example of the first device described in FIG. signal, the UE (an example of the terminal equipment described in Figure 11) determines the location information by receiving and measuring the phases of the reference signals carried on multiple different frequency resources sent by gNB/TRP through different antennas, and the location The information is sent to the LMF, and the LMF (an example of the core network device described in FIG. 11 ) completes the calculation of the departure angle. In this application, there may be multiple gNBs/TRPs, and the location of the UE can be determined through multiple gNBs/TRPs, so as to achieve the effect of unambiguous positioning. Each step in the method 1200 is described in detail below.
S1201,LMF和gNB/TRP之间通过NRPPa进行配置信息交互。S1201, the LMF and the gNB/TRP exchange configuration information through NRPPa.
S1202,LMF和UE之间通过LPP进行能力信息交互。S1202, the LMF and the UE perform capability information exchange through the LPP.
S1201和S1202具体内容可以分别参考S901和S902,为避免重复,在此不再赘述。For specific content of S1201 and S1202, reference may be made to S901 and S902 respectively, and details are not repeated here to avoid repetition.
S1203,LMF通过NRPPa向gNB/TRP发送定位辅助请求信息。相对应地,gNB/TRP接收LMF发送的定位辅助请求信息。S1203, the LMF sends positioning assistance request information to the gNB/TRP through the NRPPa. Correspondingly, the gNB/TRP receives the positioning assistance request information sent by the LMF.
在该步骤中,该定位辅助请求信息除了现有标准中支持的参考信号的配置信息,地理位置信息等,还可以包括gNB/TRP内天线的相对位置信息,即定位辅助信息。In this step, the positioning assistance request information may include relative position information of antennas in the gNB/TRP, that is, positioning assistance information, in addition to reference signal configuration information and geographic location information supported in existing standards.
需要说明的是,该gNB/TRP可以有多个,LMF可以通过NRPPa向各个gNB/TRP发送定位辅助请求信息。It should be noted that there may be multiple gNB/TRPs, and the LMF may send positioning assistance request information to each gNB/TRP through NRPPa.
S1204,gNB/TRP通过NRPPa向LMF发送定位辅助响应信息。相对应地,LMF接收gNB/TRP发送的定位辅助响应信息。S1204, the gNB/TRP sends positioning assistance response information to the LMF through the NRPPa. Correspondingly, the LMF receives the positioning assistance response information sent by the gNB/TRP.
具体地,gNB/TRP通过NRPPa向LMF发送定位辅助响应信息,给LMF提供定位信息,该定位信息包括gNB/TRP内天线的相对位置信息。Specifically, gNB/TRP sends positioning assistance response information to LMF through NRPPa, and provides positioning information to LMF, and the positioning information includes relative position information of antennas in gNB/TRP.
需要说明的是,该gNB/TRP可以有多个,每个gNB/TRP均可以通过NRPPa向LMF发送定位辅助响应信息。It should be noted that there may be multiple gNB/TRPs, and each gNB/TRP may send positioning assistance response information to the LMF through NRPPa.
S1205,LMF通过LPP向UE提供辅助信息。相对应地,UE接收LMF发送的辅助信息。S1205, the LMF provides the auxiliary information to the UE through the LPP. Correspondingly, the UE receives the auxiliary information sent by the LMF.
S1206,LMF通过LPP向UE发送请求定位信息。相对应地,UE接收LMF发送的请求定位信息。S1206, the LMF sends request location information to the UE through the LPP. Correspondingly, the UE receives the location request information sent by the LMF.
S1207,gNB/TRP分别通过多个天线在多个不同的频率资源上发送参考信号。相对应地,UE在多个不同的频率资源上接收gNB/TRP发送的参考信号。S1207. The gNB/TRP transmits reference signals on multiple different frequency resources through multiple antennas respectively. Correspondingly, the UE receives the reference signal sent by the gNB/TRP on multiple different frequency resources.
S1208,UE测量gNB/TRP发送的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息。S1208. The UE measures the phase of the reference signal sent by the gNB/TRP to determine location information.
S1209,UE通过LPP向LMF发送位置信息。相对应地,LMF接收UE发送的位置信息。S1209, the UE sends location information to the LMF through the LPP. Correspondingly, the LMF receives the location information sent by the UE.
S1205至S1209具体内容可以分别参考S905至S909,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。For specific content of S1205 to S1209, reference may be made to S905 to S909 respectively, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
S1210,LMF计算离开角。S1210, the LMF calculates the departure angle.
在该步骤中,LMF可以根据UE发送的位置信息和gNB/TRP发送的定位辅助信息,计算离开角。计算离开角的具体内容可以参考S706,在此不再赘述。In this step, the LMF can calculate the departure angle according to the location information sent by the UE and the positioning assistance information sent by the gNB/TRP. For the specific content of calculating the departure angle, reference may be made to S706, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,基站可以在不同天线上发送承载在不同频率资源上的参考信号,终端设备可以测量不同频率资源上的参考信号的相位,确定位置信息,并将该位置信息发送给LMF,LMF根据该位置信息和基站发送的定位辅助信息确定唯一的离开角。由于该离开角是唯一的,因此能够解决测角模糊的问题。进一步地,由于基站可以有多个,因此确定的离开角也有多个,并且该多个离开角都是唯一的,LMF可以根据该多个唯一的离开角唯一确定终端设备的位置,从而也可以解决定位模糊的问题。In this embodiment of the application, the base station can transmit reference signals carried on different frequency resources on different antennas, and the terminal device can measure the phase of the reference signals on different frequency resources, determine the location information, and send the location information to the LMF , the LMF determines a unique angle of departure according to the location information and the positioning assistance information sent by the base station. Since the departure angle is unique, the problem of ambiguity in angle measurement can be solved. Further, since there may be multiple base stations, there are also multiple determined departure angles, and the multiple departure angles are all unique, and the LMF can uniquely determine the position of the terminal device according to the multiple unique departure angles, so that it can also Solve the problem of ambiguous positioning.
上文结合图1至图12详细的描述了本申请实施例的方法实施例,下面结合图13和图14,描述本申请实施例的装置实施例。应理解,方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。The method embodiment of the embodiment of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 12 , and the device embodiment of the embodiment of the present application is described below with reference to FIG. 13 and FIG. 14 . It should be understood that the descriptions of the method embodiments correspond to the descriptions of the device embodiments, therefore, for parts not described in detail, reference may be made to the foregoing method embodiments.
图13是本申请提供的通信装置的示意性框图,包括接收单元1310和发送单元1330。可选地,该通信装置可以用于实现对应于上文方法实施例中终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,该通信装置可以为终端设备,或者也可以为终端设备中的芯片或电路。接收单元1310用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的接收相关操作。发送单元用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的发送相关操作。可选地,通信装置还包括处理单元1320,处理单元1320用于执行上文方法实施例中终端设备的处理相关操作。可选地,发送单元1330和接收单元1310也可以集成为一个收发单元,同时具备接收和发送的功能,这里不作限定。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by the present application, including a receiving unit 1310 and a sending unit 1330 . Optionally, the communication device may be used to implement the steps or procedures corresponding to the execution of the terminal device in the above method embodiments, for example, the communication device may be a terminal device, or may also be a chip or a circuit in the terminal device. The receiving unit 1310 is configured to perform receiving-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiments. The sending unit is configured to perform sending-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiments. Optionally, the communications apparatus further includes a processing unit 1320, and the processing unit 1320 is configured to perform processing-related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiments. Optionally, the sending unit 1330 and the receiving unit 1310 may also be integrated into a transceiver unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
可选地,该通信装置可以用于实现对应于上文方法实施例中第一设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,该通信装置可以为第一设备,或者也可以为第一设备中的芯片或电路。接收单元1310,接收单元1310用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备的接收相关操作。处理单元1320用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备的处理相关操作,发送单元用于执行上文方法实施例中第一设备的发送相关操作。可选地,发送单元1330和接收单元1310也可以集成为一个收发单元,同时具备接收和发送的功能,这里不作限定。Optionally, the communication device can be used to implement the steps or processes corresponding to the first device in the above method embodiments, for example, the communication device can be the first device, or it can also be a chip or circuit. A receiving unit 1310, where the receiving unit 1310 is configured to perform receiving-related operations of the first device in the above method embodiments. The processing unit 1320 is configured to perform processing related operations of the first device in the above method embodiments, and the sending unit is configured to perform sending related operations of the first device in the above method embodiments. Optionally, the sending unit 1330 and the receiving unit 1310 may also be integrated into a transceiver unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
可选地,该通信装置可以用于实现对应于上文方法实施例中核心网设备执行的步骤或者流程,例如,该通信装置可以为核心网设备,或者也可以为核心网设备中的芯片或电路。接收单元1310用于执行上文方法实施例中核心网设备的接收相关操作。处理单元1320用于执行上文方法实施例中核心网设备的处理相关操作,发送单元1330用于执行上文方法实施例中核心网设备的发送相关操作。可选地,发送单元1330和接收单元1310也可以集成为一个收发单元,同时具备接收和发送的功能,这里不作限定。Optionally, the communication device can be used to implement the steps or processes corresponding to the execution of the core network equipment in the above method embodiments. For example, the communication device can be a core network device, or it can also be a chip or circuit. The receiving unit 1310 is configured to perform receiving-related operations of the core network device in the above method embodiments. The processing unit 1320 is configured to perform processing-related operations of the core network device in the above method embodiments, and the sending unit 1330 is configured to perform transmission-related operations of the core network device in the above method embodiments. Optionally, the sending unit 1330 and the receiving unit 1310 may also be integrated into a transceiver unit, which has both receiving and sending functions, which is not limited here.
图14是本申请提供的通信装置的示意性结构图,包括处理器1410,处理器1410与存储器1420耦合,存储器1420用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据,处理器1410用于执行存储器1420存储的计算机程序或指令,或读取存储器1420存储的数据,以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application, including a processor 1410, the processor 1410 is coupled with a memory 1420, the memory 1420 is used to store computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 1410 is used to execute the memory 1420 Stored computer programs or instructions, or read data stored in the memory 1420, to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
可选地,处理器1410为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors 1410 .
可选地,存储器1420为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more memories 1420 .
可选地,该存储器1420与该处理器1410集成在一起,或者分离设置。Optionally, the memory 1420 is integrated with the processor 1410, or is set separately.
可选地,如图14所示,该通信装置还包括收发器1430,收发器1430用于信号的接 收和/或发送。例如,处理器1410用于控制收发器1430进行信号的接收和/或发送。Optionally, as shown in Figure 14, the communication device further includes a transceiver 1430, and the transceiver 1430 is used for receiving and/or sending signals. For example, the processor 1410 is configured to control the transceiver 1430 to receive and/or send signals.
可选地,该通信装置可以用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的操作。例如,处理器1410用于执行存储器1420存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备执行的相关操作。例如,收发器1430可以用于执行图4中所示的S401中终端设备的接收操作,还可以用于S402中终端设备的发送操作。处理器1410用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备的处理步骤。例如,用于执行根据测量的参考信号的相位确定位置信息的处理操作。应理解,图14所示的通信装置可以执行图4和图11中的终端设备、图5中的终端设备510、图6中的终端设备610、图7中的终端设备710、图8中的终端设备810、图9和图10中的UE、图12中的UE执行的操作。Optionally, the communication apparatus may be used to implement the operations performed by the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the processor 1410 is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1420, so as to implement related operations performed by the terminal device in the above method embodiments. For example, the transceiver 1430 may be used to perform the receiving operation of the terminal device in S401 shown in FIG. 4 , and may also be used for the sending operation of the terminal device in S402. The processor 1410 is configured to execute the processing steps of the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application. For example, a processing operation for performing a determination of position information from a phase of a measured reference signal. It should be understood that the communication device shown in FIG. 14 can execute the terminal device in FIG. 4 and FIG. 11 , the terminal device 510 in FIG. 5 , the terminal device 610 in FIG. 6 , the terminal device 710 in FIG. Operations performed by the terminal device 810 , the UE in FIG. 9 and FIG. 10 , and the UE in FIG. 12 .
可选地,该通信装置可以用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由第一设备执行的操作。例如,处理器1410用于执行存储器1420存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中由第一设备执行的相关操作。例如,收发器1430可以用于执行图4中所示的S401中第一设备的发送操作,还可以用于S402中第一设备的接收操作。处理器1410用于执行本申请实施例中第一设备的处理步骤。例如,用于执行根据位置信息计算离开角的处理操作。应理解,图14所示的通信装置可以执行图4和图11中的第一设备、图5中的终端设备520、图6中的终端设备620、图7中的终端设备720、图8中的终端设备820、图9中的gNB/TRP、图10中的服务gNB/TRP、图12中的gNB/TRP执行的操作。Optionally, the communications apparatus may be used to implement the operations performed by the first device in the foregoing method embodiments. For example, the processor 1410 is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1420, so as to implement related operations performed by the first device in each of the above method embodiments. For example, the transceiver 1430 may be used to perform the sending operation of the first device in S401 shown in FIG. 4 , and may also be used for the receiving operation of the first device in S402 . The processor 1410 is configured to execute the processing steps of the first device in the embodiment of the present application. For example, a processing operation for calculating a departure angle from position information. It should be understood that the communication device shown in FIG. 14 can execute the first device in FIG. 4 and FIG. 11 , the terminal device 520 in FIG. 5 , the terminal device 620 in FIG. 6 , the terminal device 720 in FIG. Operations performed by the terminal device 820 in FIG. 9 , the gNB/TRP in FIG. 9 , the serving gNB/TRP in FIG. 10 , and the gNB/TRP in FIG. 12 .
可选地,该通信装置可以用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由核心网设备执行的操作。例如,处理器1410用于执行存储器1420存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中由核心网设备执行的相关操作。例如,收发器1430可以用于执行图9中所示的S903中LMF的发送操作,还可以用于执行S904中LMF的接收操作。处理器1410用于执行本申请实施例中LMF的处理步骤。例如,用于执行图11所示的S1104中计算离开角的操作。Optionally, the communication device may be used to implement the operations performed by the core network device in the above method embodiments. For example, the processor 1410 is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 1420, so as to implement related operations performed by the core network device in each method embodiment above. For example, the transceiver 1430 may be used to perform the sending operation of the LMF in S903 shown in FIG. 9 , and may also be used to perform the receiving operation of the LMF in S904 . The processor 1410 is configured to execute the processing steps of the LMF in the embodiment of the present application. For example, it is used to perform the operation of calculating the departure angle in S1104 shown in FIG. 11 .
还应理解,图14仅为示例而非限定,上述包括处理器、存储器和收发器的通信装置可以不依赖于图14所示的结构。It should also be understood that FIG. 14 is only an example rather than a limitation, and the above-mentioned communication device including a processor, a memory, and a transceiver may not depend on the structure shown in FIG. 14 .
此外,本申请提供一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器。用于存储计算机程序的存储器独立于芯片而设置,处理器用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得任意一个方法实施例中由终端设备或第一设备或核心网设备执行的操作和/或处理被执行。In addition, the present application provides a chip, and the chip includes a processor. The memory used to store the computer program is set independently of the chip, and the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the operation and/or processing performed by the terminal device or the first device or the core network device in any method embodiment be executed.
进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括通信接口。所述通信接口可以是输入/输出接口,也可以为接口电路等。进一步地,所述芯片还可以包括存储器。Further, the chip may further include a communication interface. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, or an interface circuit or the like. Further, the chip may further include a memory.
本申请实施例中的芯片可以是编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA),可以是专用集成芯片(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),还可以是系统芯片(system on chip,SoC),还可以是CPU,还可以是网络处理器(network processor,NP),还可以是数字信号处理电路(digital signal processor,DSP),还可以是微控制器(micro controller unit,MCU),还可以是可编程控制器(programmable logic device,PLD)、其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件,或其他集成芯片。The chip in the embodiment of the present application can be a programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), can be an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), can also be a system chip (system on chip, SoC), can also It can be a CPU, it can also be a network processor (network processor, NP), it can also be a digital signal processing circuit (digital signal processor, DSP), it can also be a microcontroller (micro controller unit, MCU), and it can also be a programmable Controller (programmable logic device, PLD), other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, or other integrated chips.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图4至图12所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。The present application also provides a computer program product, the computer program product including: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute any one of the embodiments shown in Fig. 4 to Fig. 12 method.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当该程序代 码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图4至图12所示实施例中任意一个实施例的方法。The present application also provides a computer-readable medium, the computer-readable medium stores program codes, and when the program codes run on the computer, the computer executes any one of the embodiments shown in Fig. 4 to Fig. 12 . method.
在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件处理器执行完成,或者用处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。为避免重复,这里不再详细描述。In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The steps of the methods disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware. To avoid repetition, no detailed description is given here.
应注意,本申请实施例中的处理器可以是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be noted that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method embodiments may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or instructions in the form of software. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(sync link DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (sync link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的 间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (27)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于终端设备,包括:A communication method, wherein the method is applied to a terminal device, comprising:
    接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号,所述第一频率资源和所述第二频率资源不同;receiving a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a second frequency resource, where the first frequency resource is different from the second frequency resource;
    发送第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示方向角,所述第一信息基于所述承载在所述第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和所述承载在所述第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定。sending first information, where the first information is used to indicate a direction angle, and the first information is based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource A phase measurement of a reference signal on the resource is determined.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备包括第一天线和第二天线;The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal device comprises a first antenna and a second antenna;
    所述接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:The receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes:
    通过所述第一天线接收所述承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号;receiving the reference signals carried on the first frequency resource and on the second frequency resource through the first antenna;
    通过所述第二天线接收所述承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号;receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource through the second antenna;
    所述第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,所述第一相位是所述第一天线接收到的所述第一频率资源的参考信号的相位,所述第二相位是所述第二天线接收到的所述第一频率资源的参考信号的相位;The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to a first phase and a second phase, and the first phase is the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the first antenna phase, where the second phase is the phase of the reference signal of the first frequency resource received by the second antenna;
    所述第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,所述第三相位是所述第一天线接收到的所述第二频率资源的参考信号的相位,所述第四相位是所述第二天线接收到的所述第二频率资源的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to a third phase and a fourth phase, and the third phase is the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the first antenna Phase, where the fourth phase is the phase of the reference signal of the second frequency resource received by the second antenna.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1, characterized in that,
    所述接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:The receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes:
    接收第一端口发送的所述第一频率资源上的参考信号和第二端口发送的所述第一频率资源上的参考信号;receiving a reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and a reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port;
    接收第三端口发送的所述第二频率资源上的参考信号和第四端口发送的所述第二频率资源上的参考信号;receiving a reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port and a reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the fourth port;
    所述第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,所述第一相位是接收到的所述第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,所述第二相位是接收到的所述第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, and the first phase is the received reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port The phase of the second phase is the received phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port;
    所述第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,所述第三相位是接收到的所述第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,所述第四相位是接收到的所述第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to a third phase and a fourth phase, and the third phase is the received reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port The fourth phase is the received phase of the reference signal sent by the fourth port on the second frequency resource.
  4. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that,
    所述第一信息包括位置信息,所述位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息;The first information includes position information, and the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase information Phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information;
    其中,所述第一相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第二相位得到的,Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase,
    所述第二相位差信息是根据所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的,The second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase,
    所述第三相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第三相位得到的,The third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase,
    所述第四相位差信息是根据所述第二相位和所述第四相位得到的,The fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase,
    所述相位差的差值信息是根据所述第一相位、所述第二相位、所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的。The difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
  5. 根据权利要求2或3所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 2 or 3, characterized in that,
    所述第一信息包括方向角,所述方向角为到达角或离开角,The first information includes a direction angle, and the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure,
    所述方向角是根据位置信息确定的,所述位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息;The direction angle is determined according to position information, and the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and The second phase difference information; the third phase difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference;
    其中,所述第一相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第二相位得到的,Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase,
    所述第二相位差信息是根据所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的,The second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase,
    所述第三相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第三相位得到的,The third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase,
    所述第四相位差信息是根据所述第二相位和所述第四相位得到的,The fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase,
    所述相位差的差值信息是根据所述第一相位、所述第二相位、所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的。The difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 4 or 5, characterized in that,
    所述第一相位信息包括所述第一相位;所述第二相位信息包括所述第二相位;所述第三相位信息包括所述第三相位;所述第四相位信息包括所述第四相位;The first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the fourth phase information includes the fourth Phase;
    所述第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;所述第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;所述第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;所述第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;The first phase difference information includes a first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes a second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes a third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes a fourth phase Difference;
    所述相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值;The difference information of the phase difference includes the difference of the first phase difference or the difference of the second phase difference;
    其中,所述第一相位差为所述第一相位与所述第二相位的相位差;Wherein, the first phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the second phase;
    所述第二相位差为所述第三相位与所述第四相位的相位差;The second phase difference is a phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase;
    所述第三相位差为所述第一相位与所述第三相位的相位差;The third phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the third phase;
    所述第四相位差为所述第二相位与所述第四相位的相位差;The fourth phase difference is a phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase;
    所述第一相位差的差值为所述第一相位差与所述第二相位差的差值;The difference of the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference;
    所述第二相位差的差值为所述第三相位差与所述第四相位差的差值。The difference of the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource comprises:
    接收第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号承载在所述第一频率资源上;receiving a first reference signal, where the first reference signal is carried on the first frequency resource;
    接收第二参考信号,所述第二参考信号承载在所述第二频率资源上。receiving a second reference signal, where the second reference signal is carried on the second frequency resource.
  8. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接收承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the receiving the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource comprises:
    接收第一参考信号,所述第一参考信号由所述第一频率资源和所述第二频率资源共同承载。receiving a first reference signal, where the first reference signal is jointly carried by the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource.
  9. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于第一设备,包括:A communication method, wherein the method is applied to a first device, comprising:
    发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号,所述第一频率资源和所述第二频率资源不同;sending a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a second frequency resource, where the first frequency resource is different from the second frequency resource;
    接收来自终端设备的第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示方向角,所述第一信息基于所述承载在所述第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和所述承载在所述第二频率资 源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定。receiving first information from a terminal device, where the first information is used to indicate a direction angle, where the first information is based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the phase measurement result carried on the first frequency resource The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 9, characterized in that,
    所述承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号由第一天线和第二天线接收;The reference signal carried on the first frequency resource is received by a first antenna and a second antenna;
    所述承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号由所述第一天线和所述第二天线接收;The reference signal carried on the second frequency resource is received by the first antenna and the second antenna;
    所述第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,所述第一相位对应所述第一天线接收到的所述第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,所述第二相位对应所述第二天线接收到的所述第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, and the first phase corresponds to the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the first antenna phase, the second phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource received by the second antenna;
    所述第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,所述第三相位对应所述第一天线接收到的所述第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,所述第四相位对应所述第二天线接收到的所述第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to a third phase and a fourth phase, and the third phase corresponds to the reference signal on the second frequency resource received by the first antenna phase, the fourth phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal received by the second antenna on the second frequency resource.
  11. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 9, characterized in that,
    所述发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:The sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource includes:
    分别通过所述第一端口和所述第二端口发送所述第一频率资源上的参考信号;sending the reference signal on the first frequency resource through the first port and the second port respectively;
    分别通过所述第三端口和所述第四端口发送所述第二频率资源上的参考信号;sending the reference signal on the second frequency resource through the third port and the fourth port respectively;
    所述第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第一相位和第二相位确定的,所述第一相位对应所述第一端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位,所述第二相位对应所述第二端口发送的第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位;The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the first frequency resource is determined according to the first phase and the second phase, the first phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port, The second phase corresponds to the phase of the reference signal sent by the second port on the first frequency resource;
    所述第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果是根据第三相位和第四相位确定的,所述第三相位是所述第三端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位,所述第四相位是所述第四端口发送的第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位。The phase measurement result of the reference signal on the second frequency resource is determined according to a third phase and a fourth phase, where the third phase is the phase of the reference signal on the second frequency resource sent by the third port, The fourth phase is a phase of a reference signal sent by the fourth port on the second frequency resource.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备包括第一天线和第二天线,所述第一端口发送的所述第一频率资源上的参考信号以及所述第三端口发送的所述第二频率资源上的参考信号均是通过所述第一天线发送的,所述第二端口发送的所述第一频率资源上的参考信号以及所述第四端口发送的所述第二频率资源上的参考信号均是通过所述第二天线发送的。The method according to claim 11, wherein the first device includes a first antenna and a second antenna, the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the first port and the reference signal sent by the third port The reference signals sent on the second frequency resource are all sent through the first antenna, the reference signal on the first frequency resource sent by the second port and the reference signal sent by the fourth port The reference signals on the second frequency resources are all sent through the second antenna.
  13. 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein
    所述第一信息包括位置信息,所述位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息;The first information includes position information, and the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase information Phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information;
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    根据所述位置信息确定所述方向角;determining the direction angle according to the location information;
    其中,所述第一相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第二相位得到的,Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase,
    所述第二相位差信息是根据所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的,The second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase,
    所述第三相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第三相位得到的,The third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase,
    所述第四相位差信息是根据所述第二相位和所述第四相位得到的,The fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase,
    所述相位差的差值信息是根据所述第一相位、所述第二相位、所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的。The difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
  14. 根据权利要求10至12中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,A method according to any one of claims 10 to 12, wherein
    所述第一信息包括方向角,所述方向角为到达角或离开角,所述方向角是根据位置信息确定的,所述位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相 位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息;The first information includes a direction angle, the direction angle is an angle of arrival or an angle of departure, the direction angle is determined according to position information, and the position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second Phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and fourth phase difference information; phase difference difference information;
    其中,所述第一相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第二相位得到的,Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase,
    所述第二相位差信息是根据所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的,The second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase,
    所述第三相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第三相位得到的,The third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase,
    所述第四相位差信息是根据所述第二相位和所述第四相位得到的,The fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase,
    所述相位差的差值信息是根据所述第一相位、所述第二相位、所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的。The difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 13 or 14, characterized in that,
    所述第一相位信息包括所述第一相位;所述第二相位信息包括所述第二相位;所述第三相位信息包括所述第三相位;所述第四相位信息包括所述第四相位;The first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the fourth phase information includes the fourth Phase;
    所述第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;所述第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;所述第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;所述第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;The first phase difference information includes a first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes a second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes a third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes a fourth phase Difference;
    所述相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值;The difference information of the phase difference includes the difference of the first phase difference or the difference of the second phase difference;
    其中,所述第一相位差为所述第一相位与所述第二相位的相位差;Wherein, the first phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the second phase;
    所述第二相位差为所述第三相位与所述第四相位的相位差;The second phase difference is a phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase;
    所述第三相位差为所述第一相位与所述第三相位的相位差;The third phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the third phase;
    所述第四相位差为所述第二相位与所述第四相位的相位差;The fourth phase difference is a phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase;
    所述第一相位差的差值为所述第一相位差与所述第二相位差的差值;The difference of the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference;
    所述第二相位差的差值为所述第三相位差与所述第四相位差的差值。The difference of the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  16. 根据权利要求9至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 15, wherein the sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource comprises:
    发送承载在第一频率资源上的第一参考信号;sending a first reference signal carried on a first frequency resource;
    发送承载在第二频率资源上的第二参考信号。Send the second reference signal carried on the second frequency resource.
  17. 根据权利要求9至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的参考信号包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 15, wherein the sending the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource comprises:
    发送承载在第一频率资源上和第二频率资源上的第一参考信号。Send the first reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the second frequency resource.
  18. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于核心网设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is applied to core network equipment, including:
    接收来自终端设备的位置信息,所述位置信息基于承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定;receiving location information from a terminal device, the location information being determined based on a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a first frequency resource and a phase measurement result of a reference signal carried on a second frequency resource;
    根据所述位置信息确定离开角。A departure angle is determined based on the position information.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 18, wherein,
    所述位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息;The position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference;
    其中,所述第一相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第二相位得到的,Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase,
    所述第二相位差信息是根据所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的,The second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase,
    所述第三相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第三相位得到的,The third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase,
    所述第四相位差信息是根据所述第二相位和所述第四相位得到的,The fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase,
    所述相位差的差值信息是根据所述第一相位、所述第二相位、所述第三相位和所述第 四相位得到的。The difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 19, wherein,
    所述第一相位信息包括所述第一相位;所述第二相位信息包括所述第二相位;所述第三相位信息包括所述第三相位;所述第四相位信息包括所述第四相位;The first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the fourth phase information includes the fourth Phase;
    所述第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;所述第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;所述第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;所述第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;The first phase difference information includes a first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes a second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes a third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes a fourth phase Difference;
    所述相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值;The difference information of the phase difference includes the difference of the first phase difference or the difference of the second phase difference;
    其中,所述第一相位差为所述第一相位与所述第二相位的相位差;Wherein, the first phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the second phase;
    所述第二相位差为所述第三相位与所述第四相位的相位差;The second phase difference is a phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase;
    所述第三相位差为所述第一相位与所述第三相位的相位差;The third phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the third phase;
    所述第四相位差为所述第二相位与所述第四相位的相位差;The fourth phase difference is a phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase;
    所述第一相位差的差值为所述第一相位差与所述第二相位差的差值;The difference of the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference;
    所述第二相位差的差值为所述第三相位差与所述第四相位差的差值。The difference of the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  21. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,所述方法应用于核心网设备,包括:A communication method, characterized in that the method is applied to core network equipment, including:
    接收来自终端设备的位置信息,所述位置信息基于承载在第一频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果和承载在第二频率资源上的参考信号的相位测量结果确定,所述位置信息用于确定离开角;receiving position information from the terminal device, the position information is determined based on the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the first frequency resource and the phase measurement result of the reference signal carried on the second frequency resource, the position information is used for Determine the angle of departure;
    向接入网设备发送所述位置信息。Send the location information to the access network device.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 21, wherein,
    所述位置信息用于指示以下至少一项:第一相位信息、第二相位信息、第三相位信息、和第四相位信息;第一相位差信息和第二相位差信息;第三相位差信息和第四相位差信息;相位差的差值信息;The position information is used to indicate at least one of the following: first phase information, second phase information, third phase information, and fourth phase information; first phase difference information and second phase difference information; third phase difference information and the fourth phase difference information; the difference information of the phase difference;
    其中,所述第一相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第二相位得到的,Wherein, the first phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the second phase,
    所述第二相位差信息是根据所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的,The second phase difference information is obtained according to the third phase and the fourth phase,
    所述第三相位差信息是根据所述第一相位和所述第三相位得到的,The third phase difference information is obtained according to the first phase and the third phase,
    所述第四相位差信息是根据所述第二相位和所述第四相位得到的,The fourth phase difference information is obtained according to the second phase and the fourth phase,
    所述相位差的差值信息是根据所述第一相位、所述第二相位、所述第三相位和所述第四相位得到的。The difference information of the phase difference is obtained according to the first phase, the second phase, the third phase and the fourth phase.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 22, wherein,
    所述第一相位信息包括所述第一相位;所述第二相位信息包括所述第二相位;所述第三相位信息包括所述第三相位;所述第四相位信息包括所述第四相位;The first phase information includes the first phase; the second phase information includes the second phase; the third phase information includes the third phase; the fourth phase information includes the fourth Phase;
    所述第一相位差信息包括第一相位差;所述第二相位差信息包括第二相位差;所述第三相位差信息包括第三相位差;所述第四相位差信息包括第四相位差;The first phase difference information includes a first phase difference; the second phase difference information includes a second phase difference; the third phase difference information includes a third phase difference; the fourth phase difference information includes a fourth phase Difference;
    所述相位差的差值信息包括第一相位差的差值或者第二相位差的差值;The difference information of the phase difference includes the difference of the first phase difference or the difference of the second phase difference;
    其中,所述第一相位差为所述第一相位与所述第二相位的相位差;Wherein, the first phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the second phase;
    所述第二相位差为所述第三相位与所述第四相位的相位差;The second phase difference is a phase difference between the third phase and the fourth phase;
    所述第三相位差为所述第一相位与所述第三相位的相位差;The third phase difference is a phase difference between the first phase and the third phase;
    所述第四相位差为所述第二相位与所述第四相位的相位差;The fourth phase difference is a phase difference between the second phase and the fourth phase;
    所述第一相位差的差值为所述第一相位差与所述第二相位差的差值;The difference of the first phase difference is the difference between the first phase difference and the second phase difference;
    所述第二相位差的差值为所述第三相位差与所述第四相位差的差值。The difference of the second phase difference is the difference between the third phase difference and the fourth phase difference.
  24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述方法的模块;或者,包括用于执行如权利要求9至17中任一项所述方法的模块;或者,包括用于执行如权利要求18至23中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a module for performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8; or includes a module for performing the method according to any one of claims 9 to 17 or, comprising a module for performing the method according to any one of claims 18-23.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法;或者,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求9至17中任一项所述的方法;或者,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求18至23中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, and the memory is used to store a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, the communication The device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8; or makes the communication device execute the method according to any one of claims 9 to 17; or makes the communication device execute the method according to any one of claims The method according to any one of claims 18 to 23.
  26. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器,所述处理器用于读取并执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法;或者,以执行如权利要求9至17中任一项所述的方法;或者,以执行如权利要求18至23中任一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it comprises: a processor, configured to read and execute a computer program stored in a memory, to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 8; or to perform The method according to any one of claims 9 to 17; or, to perform the method according to any one of claims 18 to 23.
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法;或者,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求9至17中任一项所述的方法;或者,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求18至23中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to perform the operation described in any one of claims 1 to 8. or, causing the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 9 to 17; or, causing the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 18 to 23.
PCT/CN2023/070813 2022-02-11 2023-01-06 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2023151434A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210129996.0 2022-02-11
CN202210129996 2022-02-11
CN202210302562.6A CN116634556A (en) 2022-02-11 2022-03-24 Communication method and communication device
CN202210302562.6 2022-03-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023151434A1 true WO2023151434A1 (en) 2023-08-17

Family

ID=87563558

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/070813 WO2023151434A1 (en) 2022-02-11 2023-01-06 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023151434A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110062457A (en) * 2018-01-19 2019-07-26 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 A kind of localization method and relevant device
US20200137715A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-04-30 Qualcomm Incorporated System and methods for supporting uplink and downlink positioning procedures in a wireless network
CN111435159A (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-21 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Method and equipment for positioning
CN113691929A (en) * 2020-05-15 2021-11-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Positioning method and device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110062457A (en) * 2018-01-19 2019-07-26 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 A kind of localization method and relevant device
US20200137715A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-04-30 Qualcomm Incorporated System and methods for supporting uplink and downlink positioning procedures in a wireless network
CN111435159A (en) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-21 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Method and equipment for positioning
CN113691929A (en) * 2020-05-15 2021-11-23 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Positioning method and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
PETTA, M. RAYNAL, I. BOURRINET, P. VADEL, M. MEYER, D.: "Nonionic compact dimers: A new generation of isosmolar iodinated contrast media with low viscosity", ACADEMIC RADIOLOGY, ELSEVIER, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 5, no. 1, 1 January 1998 (1998-01-01), AMSTERDAM, NL , pages 20 - 25, XP005185467, ISSN: 1076-6332, DOI: 10.1016/S1076-6332(98)80007-X *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10813170B2 (en) Locating method, system, and related device
WO2021008581A1 (en) Method for positioning and communication apparatus
WO2021203443A1 (en) Positioning information reporting method and communication apparatus
JP2022526253A (en) Equipment and user equipment positioning method
CN114071672B (en) Positioning method, positioning device, terminal and base station
CN114095855A (en) Positioning method and device
WO2023151434A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022228018A1 (en) Beam management method and apparatus
WO2020207222A1 (en) Positioning method and apparatus based on cu-du architecture
WO2022147800A1 (en) Location information transmission method and apparatus
CN105026950B (en) Method, location-server and the terminal of terminal positioning
CN116097842A (en) Downlink positioning method and communication device
CN116634556A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2023185526A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023216974A1 (en) Positioning method and positioning apparatus
WO2023011166A1 (en) Information transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2023024948A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining position
WO2023116273A1 (en) Positioning method and apparatus, and storage medium and program product
WO2022206306A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023011541A1 (en) Positioning method and communication apparatus
WO2023143114A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022105334A1 (en) Beam alignment method, information transmission method, and related device
WO2023006043A1 (en) Access method and apparatus
WO2023151469A1 (en) Locating method and apparatus
CN116866821A (en) Communication method and communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23752214

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1